• The “Greater Israel” Scheme and its Global Power Play: a Delusional Recipe for Armageddon
    8 Dicembre 2023
    FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi
    115.397 Views

    by Matthew Ehret – originally published on his Substack

    VERSIONE IN ITALIANO

    All links to Gospa News articles have been added aftermath in relation to the topics highlighted

    In 1996, a nest of American-born imperialists revolving around Paul Wolfowitz, Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and Richard Perle created a new think tank called “The Project for a New American Century.”

    While the principled aim of the think tank ultimately hinged on a new “Pearl Harbor moment” that would justify a new era of regime-change wars in the Middle East, a secondary but equally important part of the formula involved the dominance of “Greater Israel” Likud fanatics then taking power over the murdered body of Yitzhak Rabin.



    It was toward the start of the new regime of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu that Richard Perle wrote the report “Clean Break: A Strategy for Securing the Realm,” which outlined a series of goals that would govern the strategic vision of Washington and Tel Aviv for the next two decades. It called for:

    Canceling the foundations for the Oslo Accords that threatened to bring about a climate of peace through economic cooperation in the Middle East under a two-state solution
    Launching a new doctrine of “right of hot pursuit” justifying armed incursions into Palestinian territories
    Inducing the United States to overthrow Saddam Hussein’s regime in Iraq
    Armed incursions into Lebanon and possible strikes against Syria and Iran
    In 2007, General Wesley Clark added even more detail to this neocon program when he revealed the content of a discussion he had with Wolfowitz and Rumsfeld 10 days after 9/11. General Clark stated that he was told of planned invasions of seven countries scheduled to take place within five years… namely: “Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran.”

    THE ZIONIST DENIAL OF HISTORY: Israel is Banning Schools from Using Maps that Show its pre-1967 borders

    This program was, in short, a recipe for establishing the long-awaited “Greater Israel” promoted by the likes of Theodor Herzl, Vladimir Jabotinsky, and Rabbi Abraham Isaac Kook over a century ago.

    While the Anglo-Zionist timeline was disrupted over the ensuing years (sometimes involving brave intervention by individuals within America’s intelligence community), the intention embedded in “Clean Break” never disappeared.

    With the coming breakdown of the over-inflated Western financial system on one side and the emergence of a viable new multipolar security and economic architecture on the other side, it appears the ghouls that orchestrated 9/11, assassinated Rabin (1995) and Arafat (2004), and revived the Crusades have decided to kick over the chess board.

    Middle East Escalation toward WW3! Biden challenges Iran with US Strikes on Syrian IRGC Bases

    Conducting a rational analysis of the motives for this type of dynamic poses a major difficulty for any geopolitical commentator used to thinking in academically acceptable terms, which presume that rational self-interest animates the players within a game. In this case, rational self-interest is infected by heavy doses of self-delusional Hegemonism, fanatical imperial zealotry, and end-times eschatology with a Messianic twist (taking both Christian and Jewish forms).

    Sifting out Order from Chaos

    Netanyahu and his neocon (see: uniparty) supporters in America and Britain appear to be supportive of Israel’s ambition to provoke a vast regional war on one hand, while also believing that perhaps they will be able to use Israel as a wedge to disrupt Russian and Chinese-led development corridors (BRI, short for Belt and Road Initiative, and International North-South Transport Corridor) on the other hand.


    The Belt Road Map – before Italy announced the leaving of the project
    These Eurasian development corridors are rightfully seen as an existential threat to Western imperialists as they provide the foundation for the viability of a new economic architecture based on long-term thinking and mutual cooperation.

    The role Israel is expected to play in an anti-BRI agenda is meant to take the form of three major projects within this ivory tower fantasy game of imperial Rand-style scenario builders.



    These are:

    1) The US-led India-Middle East Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC) announced at the G20 on October 15, 2023, which envisions a vast network of rail and roads stretching from India through the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Israel, and Europe. This proposed vast network of railways, pipelines, shipping corridors, ports, and data cables would bypass Turkey and undermine China’s Middle and planned southern BRI corridors.

    2) The revival of the David Ben Gurion Canal, which was first proposed by American engineers in 1963. This plan called for using 520 nuclear detonations to cut a nearly 260 km canal from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean, bypassing the strategically valuable Suez Canal.

    3) The exploitation of vast offshore oil and natural gas deposits that have been discovered off the coast of Gaza between 1999-present, which renders Israel a primary oil hub of the world on the scale of top OPEC nations.

    The IMEEC Fantasy

    Considering the long and pathetic list of US-controlled ‘I-can’t-believe-it’s-not-BRI’ boondoggles’ that have been pitched to great acclaim and fallen apart within seconds of conception (ie: Build Back Better for the World, One Sun One World One Grid, Blue Dot Network, Green Global Gateway, Global Green Deal, or Green Belt Initiative), it is safe to say that the IMEEC is a non-starter made for geopolitical wet dreamers by geopolitical wet dreamers incapable of discerning reality from fantasy.



    Not only does the West lack the financial means to invest in such long-term projects as IMEEC, but it has also lost the engineering skills requisite to build such a megaproject. This perfect storm of incompetence makes this impressive-sounding project entirely unviable.

    No additional remarks will be issued about this in this article.

    The David Ben Gurion Canal Fantasy

    For the prospects of the David Ben Gurion Canal revival, which has become an internet sensation over the past weeks, a word is worth mentioning, and a few fallacies should be clarified. While this was first proposed by engineers at the US Department of Energy in 1963 (and promptly classified until 1993), there isn’t any evidence that institutional discussion has taken place about reviving this project for decades.



    While many online commentators claim the project calls for ‘dropping hundreds of nukes onto Gaza’ (implying that Israeli threats to nuke Gaza are a cover for building this canal), the actual engineering study called for specially designed nuclear detonations that utilize directed blast geometries not entirely different from TNT detonations in tunneling (although more powerful by many magnitudes). Simple brute force ‘dropping of bombs’ onto a desert would never work, and the engineering skills, costs, and many years of construction required appear, in this author’s mind, to make this project as unrealizable as the IMEEC.

    It appears more likely that the Greater Israel fanatics simply want to take control of the Suez Canal (after a war can be provoked with Egypt of course), and so building the 1963 canal is irrelevant in the minds of ‘the Chosen People.’

    A Real Concern: Gaza Offshore Energy Steal

    The east Mediterranean offshore oil/gas fields are much more strategic and feasible and have taken on additional appeal for a desperate Europe cut off from Russian fuel since Russia’s special military operation (SMO) began in February 2022.

    If developed, it is believed that these offshore resources would transform Israel into a global energy hub supporting the glory of Greater Israel as a new empire, which, according to 2010 US estimates, represents over “1.7 billion barrels of recoverable oil and a mean of 122 trillion cubic feet of recoverable gas” valued at over 453 billion dollars.

    This vast deposit off the coast of Gaza (and thus under the legal ownership of the people of Gaza), was first discovered in 1999 when a company called British Gas discovered deposits of approximately one trillion cubic feet of natural gas 19 miles off the Gaza coast. Agreements to develop this project at a cost of $1.2 billion soon followed.

    Although Yassir Arafat expressed an active interest in developing these resources two decades ago, Israel worked tirelessly to block the Palestinian Investment Fund (the fund responsible for carrying out the development) from extending investments into the project, using the argument that “funding may be used to support terrorism.” When Hamas was elected in 2007, Israel’s efforts to block funding for the Gaza marine field vastly increased.



    This is perhaps why Hamas’ 2007 victory was celebrated by none other than Israeli intelligence Chief Amos Yadlin, who cabled US Ambassador Richard Jones that he would be “happy” if Hamas formed a government because “the IDF could then deal with Gaza as a hostile state.” In the cable made available by Wikileaks, Yadlin also dismissed concerns about Iranian influence within a Hamas government “as long as they [Hamas-controlled Gaza] don’t have a port.”

    Yadlin’s comments were echoed in 2019 by Netanyahu himself, who said to Likud Knesset members: “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas … This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” [emphasis added]-

    Washington Post: “Netanyahu was protecting Hamas”

    When a consortium of Israeli, American, and Australian energy companies discovered even more oil and natural gas deposits in the Levant Basin “off the coast of Israel” in 2010-2011, the western Mediterranean became a potential global gamechanger in oil geopolitics with the US Department of the Interior 2010 report estimating “1.7 billion barrels of recoverable oil and a mean of 122 trillion cubic feet of recoverable gas in the Levantine basin.” Experts estimate that these deposits carry at least $453 billion in value.

    “Jihadist Terrorist Danger in the West”. Due to Israeli Bombing on Gaza & its Gas Affairs! Interpol Officer reveals in Exclusive Interview

    Former Israeli Energy Minister Karine El Harrar described Israel’s ambition to become a global energy hub after signing a 2022 memorandum of understanding (MOU) with Egypt promising to develop the gas fields:

    “This is a historical moment in which the small country of Israel becomes a significant player in the global energy market. The MOU will enable Israel, for the first time, to export Israeli natural gas to Europe, and it is even more impressive looking at the significant set of agreements we signed over the last year, which position Israel, and Israeli energy and water sectors as a key global player.”

    Israelis Harvest Human Organs from Massacred Palestinians! Under the ICC Prosecutor’s Nose

    El Harrer’s words carried a bitter aftertaste as it had already been proven that Israel intentionally blocked the development of these offshore fields for two decades—to the detriment of millions of Palestinian lives (and ironically Israel’s own economy). This fact was outlined in great detail by a 2019 report by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), which stated:

    “Geologists and natural resources economists have confirmed that the Occupied Palestinian Territory lies above sizeable reservoirs of oil and natural gas wealth, in Area C of the occupied West Bank and the Mediterranean coast off the Gaza Strip.

    “However, occupation continues to prevent Palestinians from developing their energy fields so as to exploit and benefit from such assets. As such, the Palestinian people have been denied the benefits of using this natural resource to finance socioeconomic development and meet their need for energy.

    “The accumulated losses are estimated in the billions of dollars. The longer Israel prevents Palestinians from exploiting their own oil and natural gas reserves, the greater the opportunity costs and the greater the total costs of the occupation borne by Palestinians become.

    “This study identifies and assesses existing and potential Palestinian oil and natural gas reserves that could be exploited for the benefit of the Palestinian people, which Israel is either preventing them from exploiting or is exploiting without due regard for international law.”

    If Israel wishes to have full control over Gaza’s maritime oil/gas reserves, it can only achieve its goal if the legal owners and beneficiaries living in Gaza disappear.

    Israel’s hostage Deal with Hamas after reaching Target of Genocide and Diaspora in Gaza

    On October 13, 2023, a policy paper authored by Israel’s Ministry of Intelligence was leaked. It recommended “the forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula,” as +972 reported.

    The paper laid out three possible scenarios for the people of Gaza. The first involves the replacement of Hamas with the Palestinian Authority in Gaza. The second involves the emergence of a new local Gaza authority (not Hamas or PA), and the third includes the expulsion of all civilians into Egypt.

    The Plotted GENOCIDE: Leaked Israeli Plan to Ethnically cleanse Gaza

    The report clearly identifies the third scenario as the most preferable option. The report’s authors write that this third option “will yield positive, long-term strategic outcomes for Israel, and is an executable option. It requires determination from the political echelon in the face of international pressure, with an emphasis on harnessing the support of the United States and additional pro-Israeli countries for the endeavor.”



    Of course, US support for moving Gazans into the Sinai Peninsula began literally minutes after October 7. This would create a serious problem for future retaliation by extremely radicalized and traumatized people whose families have been killed by Israel’s crimes for decades. Hamas’ Qatar-based Muslim Brotherhood leadership of multi-billionaires would then easily be able to coordinate with Egypt’s Muslim Brotherhood to act as agent provocateurs attacking Israel.

    The Muslim Brotherhood has served as a major organizing force led by Anglo-Zionist intelligence for decades, was instrumental in orchestrating the Arab Spring, and supported the overthrow of Bashar al-Assad.

    Perhaps if this was still 1996, and no powerful coalition of Russia, China, and Iran existed to defend Egypt against the threatened Anglo-Zionist war, then perhaps the PNAC Clean Break Strategy for Securing the Realm might be possible. The decision to ignore reality by rehashing this obsolete program implies the height of incompetence, which threatens to grow far beyond a regional war and into a global thermonuclear conflagration more quickly than many imagine.

    This foreshadowing of a prophetic global war to usher in the Messiah (as many Christian rapturists dream of), was outlined in depth by Greater Israel advocate and Jabotinsky collaborator Rabbi Abraham Isaac Kook 100 years ago.

    MASSONERIA & SIONISMO – 1. Genocidi da Guerra Mondiale & Pandemia da Laboratorio per Vaccini Killer. Cataclisma & Apocalisse da Sinagoga di Satana

    Kook was Britain’s selection for the Chief Ashkenaz Rabbi for Jerusalem and Palestine from 1919 to 1935, and his influence in shaping several generations of radical Zionist zealots that took over control of much of Israel’s government after the inside job that was the Six Day War is immense. His prophetic remarks should not be easily dismissed. In his book Orot, Kook said:

    “In wars, national characters crystalize. Israel, as the universal reflection of mankind, benefits thereby. The heels of Messiah follow upon World Conflagration… At the hour of the downfall of Western civilization, Israel is called upon to fulfill its divine mission by providing the spiritual basis for a New World Order.” [emphasis added]

    “TOWARD A NEW WORLD ORDER: The Future of NATO”. Soros’ 1993 Manifesto in which Forecast Ukraine War

    The only hope to avoid this calamity and disrupt this flight toward an Armageddon scenario steered by End Times Messianic cultists is to force a ceasefire, as Russia, China, and the vast majority of world citizens (even Americans) demand.

    Without this restoration of sanity, the world as a whole will be in for an experience that will make the 14th-century Dark Age appear to be an uncomfortable hiccup in world history.

    Matthew Ehret – originally published on his Substack

    This article was first published on The Last American Vagabond

    Matthew Ehret is the Editor-in-Chief of the Canadian Patriot Review , and Senior Fellow at the American University in Moscow. He is author of the ‘Untold History of Canada’ book series and Clash of the Two Americas trilogy. In 2019 he co-founded the Montreal-based Rising Tide Foundation .

    Matt and Cynthia’s books: https://canadianpatriot.org/untold-hi…

    Support the Canadian Patriot Review in the following ways: Make a donation https://risingtidefoundation.net/supp…

    Subscribe to Matt and Cynthia’s Substack matthewehret.substack.com cynthiachung.substack.com

    ALL MATTHEW EHRET REPORTS REPUBLISHED BY GOSPA NEWS





    (Visited 1.559 times, 2 visits today)

    FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi


    https://www.gospanews.net/en/2023/12/08/the-greater-israel-scheme-and-its-global-power-play-a-delusional-recipe-for-armageddon/

    https://telegra.ph/The-Greater-Israel-Scheme-and-its-Global-Power-Play-a-Delusional-Recipe-for-Armageddon-07-18
    The “Greater Israel” Scheme and its Global Power Play: a Delusional Recipe for Armageddon 8 Dicembre 2023 FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi 115.397 Views by Matthew Ehret – originally published on his Substack VERSIONE IN ITALIANO All links to Gospa News articles have been added aftermath in relation to the topics highlighted In 1996, a nest of American-born imperialists revolving around Paul Wolfowitz, Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and Richard Perle created a new think tank called “The Project for a New American Century.” While the principled aim of the think tank ultimately hinged on a new “Pearl Harbor moment” that would justify a new era of regime-change wars in the Middle East, a secondary but equally important part of the formula involved the dominance of “Greater Israel” Likud fanatics then taking power over the murdered body of Yitzhak Rabin. It was toward the start of the new regime of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu that Richard Perle wrote the report “Clean Break: A Strategy for Securing the Realm,” which outlined a series of goals that would govern the strategic vision of Washington and Tel Aviv for the next two decades. It called for: Canceling the foundations for the Oslo Accords that threatened to bring about a climate of peace through economic cooperation in the Middle East under a two-state solution Launching a new doctrine of “right of hot pursuit” justifying armed incursions into Palestinian territories Inducing the United States to overthrow Saddam Hussein’s regime in Iraq Armed incursions into Lebanon and possible strikes against Syria and Iran In 2007, General Wesley Clark added even more detail to this neocon program when he revealed the content of a discussion he had with Wolfowitz and Rumsfeld 10 days after 9/11. General Clark stated that he was told of planned invasions of seven countries scheduled to take place within five years… namely: “Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran.” THE ZIONIST DENIAL OF HISTORY: Israel is Banning Schools from Using Maps that Show its pre-1967 borders This program was, in short, a recipe for establishing the long-awaited “Greater Israel” promoted by the likes of Theodor Herzl, Vladimir Jabotinsky, and Rabbi Abraham Isaac Kook over a century ago. While the Anglo-Zionist timeline was disrupted over the ensuing years (sometimes involving brave intervention by individuals within America’s intelligence community), the intention embedded in “Clean Break” never disappeared. With the coming breakdown of the over-inflated Western financial system on one side and the emergence of a viable new multipolar security and economic architecture on the other side, it appears the ghouls that orchestrated 9/11, assassinated Rabin (1995) and Arafat (2004), and revived the Crusades have decided to kick over the chess board. Middle East Escalation toward WW3! Biden challenges Iran with US Strikes on Syrian IRGC Bases Conducting a rational analysis of the motives for this type of dynamic poses a major difficulty for any geopolitical commentator used to thinking in academically acceptable terms, which presume that rational self-interest animates the players within a game. In this case, rational self-interest is infected by heavy doses of self-delusional Hegemonism, fanatical imperial zealotry, and end-times eschatology with a Messianic twist (taking both Christian and Jewish forms). Sifting out Order from Chaos Netanyahu and his neocon (see: uniparty) supporters in America and Britain appear to be supportive of Israel’s ambition to provoke a vast regional war on one hand, while also believing that perhaps they will be able to use Israel as a wedge to disrupt Russian and Chinese-led development corridors (BRI, short for Belt and Road Initiative, and International North-South Transport Corridor) on the other hand. The Belt Road Map – before Italy announced the leaving of the project These Eurasian development corridors are rightfully seen as an existential threat to Western imperialists as they provide the foundation for the viability of a new economic architecture based on long-term thinking and mutual cooperation. The role Israel is expected to play in an anti-BRI agenda is meant to take the form of three major projects within this ivory tower fantasy game of imperial Rand-style scenario builders. These are: 1) The US-led India-Middle East Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC) announced at the G20 on October 15, 2023, which envisions a vast network of rail and roads stretching from India through the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Israel, and Europe. This proposed vast network of railways, pipelines, shipping corridors, ports, and data cables would bypass Turkey and undermine China’s Middle and planned southern BRI corridors. 2) The revival of the David Ben Gurion Canal, which was first proposed by American engineers in 1963. This plan called for using 520 nuclear detonations to cut a nearly 260 km canal from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean, bypassing the strategically valuable Suez Canal. 3) The exploitation of vast offshore oil and natural gas deposits that have been discovered off the coast of Gaza between 1999-present, which renders Israel a primary oil hub of the world on the scale of top OPEC nations. The IMEEC Fantasy Considering the long and pathetic list of US-controlled ‘I-can’t-believe-it’s-not-BRI’ boondoggles’ that have been pitched to great acclaim and fallen apart within seconds of conception (ie: Build Back Better for the World, One Sun One World One Grid, Blue Dot Network, Green Global Gateway, Global Green Deal, or Green Belt Initiative), it is safe to say that the IMEEC is a non-starter made for geopolitical wet dreamers by geopolitical wet dreamers incapable of discerning reality from fantasy. Not only does the West lack the financial means to invest in such long-term projects as IMEEC, but it has also lost the engineering skills requisite to build such a megaproject. This perfect storm of incompetence makes this impressive-sounding project entirely unviable. No additional remarks will be issued about this in this article. The David Ben Gurion Canal Fantasy For the prospects of the David Ben Gurion Canal revival, which has become an internet sensation over the past weeks, a word is worth mentioning, and a few fallacies should be clarified. While this was first proposed by engineers at the US Department of Energy in 1963 (and promptly classified until 1993), there isn’t any evidence that institutional discussion has taken place about reviving this project for decades. While many online commentators claim the project calls for ‘dropping hundreds of nukes onto Gaza’ (implying that Israeli threats to nuke Gaza are a cover for building this canal), the actual engineering study called for specially designed nuclear detonations that utilize directed blast geometries not entirely different from TNT detonations in tunneling (although more powerful by many magnitudes). Simple brute force ‘dropping of bombs’ onto a desert would never work, and the engineering skills, costs, and many years of construction required appear, in this author’s mind, to make this project as unrealizable as the IMEEC. It appears more likely that the Greater Israel fanatics simply want to take control of the Suez Canal (after a war can be provoked with Egypt of course), and so building the 1963 canal is irrelevant in the minds of ‘the Chosen People.’ A Real Concern: Gaza Offshore Energy Steal The east Mediterranean offshore oil/gas fields are much more strategic and feasible and have taken on additional appeal for a desperate Europe cut off from Russian fuel since Russia’s special military operation (SMO) began in February 2022. If developed, it is believed that these offshore resources would transform Israel into a global energy hub supporting the glory of Greater Israel as a new empire, which, according to 2010 US estimates, represents over “1.7 billion barrels of recoverable oil and a mean of 122 trillion cubic feet of recoverable gas” valued at over 453 billion dollars. This vast deposit off the coast of Gaza (and thus under the legal ownership of the people of Gaza), was first discovered in 1999 when a company called British Gas discovered deposits of approximately one trillion cubic feet of natural gas 19 miles off the Gaza coast. Agreements to develop this project at a cost of $1.2 billion soon followed. Although Yassir Arafat expressed an active interest in developing these resources two decades ago, Israel worked tirelessly to block the Palestinian Investment Fund (the fund responsible for carrying out the development) from extending investments into the project, using the argument that “funding may be used to support terrorism.” When Hamas was elected in 2007, Israel’s efforts to block funding for the Gaza marine field vastly increased. This is perhaps why Hamas’ 2007 victory was celebrated by none other than Israeli intelligence Chief Amos Yadlin, who cabled US Ambassador Richard Jones that he would be “happy” if Hamas formed a government because “the IDF could then deal with Gaza as a hostile state.” In the cable made available by Wikileaks, Yadlin also dismissed concerns about Iranian influence within a Hamas government “as long as they [Hamas-controlled Gaza] don’t have a port.” Yadlin’s comments were echoed in 2019 by Netanyahu himself, who said to Likud Knesset members: “Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas … This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” [emphasis added]- Washington Post: “Netanyahu was protecting Hamas” When a consortium of Israeli, American, and Australian energy companies discovered even more oil and natural gas deposits in the Levant Basin “off the coast of Israel” in 2010-2011, the western Mediterranean became a potential global gamechanger in oil geopolitics with the US Department of the Interior 2010 report estimating “1.7 billion barrels of recoverable oil and a mean of 122 trillion cubic feet of recoverable gas in the Levantine basin.” Experts estimate that these deposits carry at least $453 billion in value. “Jihadist Terrorist Danger in the West”. Due to Israeli Bombing on Gaza & its Gas Affairs! Interpol Officer reveals in Exclusive Interview Former Israeli Energy Minister Karine El Harrar described Israel’s ambition to become a global energy hub after signing a 2022 memorandum of understanding (MOU) with Egypt promising to develop the gas fields: “This is a historical moment in which the small country of Israel becomes a significant player in the global energy market. The MOU will enable Israel, for the first time, to export Israeli natural gas to Europe, and it is even more impressive looking at the significant set of agreements we signed over the last year, which position Israel, and Israeli energy and water sectors as a key global player.” Israelis Harvest Human Organs from Massacred Palestinians! Under the ICC Prosecutor’s Nose El Harrer’s words carried a bitter aftertaste as it had already been proven that Israel intentionally blocked the development of these offshore fields for two decades—to the detriment of millions of Palestinian lives (and ironically Israel’s own economy). This fact was outlined in great detail by a 2019 report by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), which stated: “Geologists and natural resources economists have confirmed that the Occupied Palestinian Territory lies above sizeable reservoirs of oil and natural gas wealth, in Area C of the occupied West Bank and the Mediterranean coast off the Gaza Strip. “However, occupation continues to prevent Palestinians from developing their energy fields so as to exploit and benefit from such assets. As such, the Palestinian people have been denied the benefits of using this natural resource to finance socioeconomic development and meet their need for energy. “The accumulated losses are estimated in the billions of dollars. The longer Israel prevents Palestinians from exploiting their own oil and natural gas reserves, the greater the opportunity costs and the greater the total costs of the occupation borne by Palestinians become. “This study identifies and assesses existing and potential Palestinian oil and natural gas reserves that could be exploited for the benefit of the Palestinian people, which Israel is either preventing them from exploiting or is exploiting without due regard for international law.” If Israel wishes to have full control over Gaza’s maritime oil/gas reserves, it can only achieve its goal if the legal owners and beneficiaries living in Gaza disappear. Israel’s hostage Deal with Hamas after reaching Target of Genocide and Diaspora in Gaza On October 13, 2023, a policy paper authored by Israel’s Ministry of Intelligence was leaked. It recommended “the forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula,” as +972 reported. The paper laid out three possible scenarios for the people of Gaza. The first involves the replacement of Hamas with the Palestinian Authority in Gaza. The second involves the emergence of a new local Gaza authority (not Hamas or PA), and the third includes the expulsion of all civilians into Egypt. The Plotted GENOCIDE: Leaked Israeli Plan to Ethnically cleanse Gaza The report clearly identifies the third scenario as the most preferable option. The report’s authors write that this third option “will yield positive, long-term strategic outcomes for Israel, and is an executable option. It requires determination from the political echelon in the face of international pressure, with an emphasis on harnessing the support of the United States and additional pro-Israeli countries for the endeavor.” Of course, US support for moving Gazans into the Sinai Peninsula began literally minutes after October 7. This would create a serious problem for future retaliation by extremely radicalized and traumatized people whose families have been killed by Israel’s crimes for decades. Hamas’ Qatar-based Muslim Brotherhood leadership of multi-billionaires would then easily be able to coordinate with Egypt’s Muslim Brotherhood to act as agent provocateurs attacking Israel. The Muslim Brotherhood has served as a major organizing force led by Anglo-Zionist intelligence for decades, was instrumental in orchestrating the Arab Spring, and supported the overthrow of Bashar al-Assad. Perhaps if this was still 1996, and no powerful coalition of Russia, China, and Iran existed to defend Egypt against the threatened Anglo-Zionist war, then perhaps the PNAC Clean Break Strategy for Securing the Realm might be possible. The decision to ignore reality by rehashing this obsolete program implies the height of incompetence, which threatens to grow far beyond a regional war and into a global thermonuclear conflagration more quickly than many imagine. This foreshadowing of a prophetic global war to usher in the Messiah (as many Christian rapturists dream of), was outlined in depth by Greater Israel advocate and Jabotinsky collaborator Rabbi Abraham Isaac Kook 100 years ago. MASSONERIA & SIONISMO – 1. Genocidi da Guerra Mondiale & Pandemia da Laboratorio per Vaccini Killer. Cataclisma & Apocalisse da Sinagoga di Satana Kook was Britain’s selection for the Chief Ashkenaz Rabbi for Jerusalem and Palestine from 1919 to 1935, and his influence in shaping several generations of radical Zionist zealots that took over control of much of Israel’s government after the inside job that was the Six Day War is immense. His prophetic remarks should not be easily dismissed. In his book Orot, Kook said: “In wars, national characters crystalize. Israel, as the universal reflection of mankind, benefits thereby. The heels of Messiah follow upon World Conflagration… At the hour of the downfall of Western civilization, Israel is called upon to fulfill its divine mission by providing the spiritual basis for a New World Order.” [emphasis added] “TOWARD A NEW WORLD ORDER: The Future of NATO”. Soros’ 1993 Manifesto in which Forecast Ukraine War The only hope to avoid this calamity and disrupt this flight toward an Armageddon scenario steered by End Times Messianic cultists is to force a ceasefire, as Russia, China, and the vast majority of world citizens (even Americans) demand. Without this restoration of sanity, the world as a whole will be in for an experience that will make the 14th-century Dark Age appear to be an uncomfortable hiccup in world history. Matthew Ehret – originally published on his Substack This article was first published on The Last American Vagabond Matthew Ehret is the Editor-in-Chief of the Canadian Patriot Review , and Senior Fellow at the American University in Moscow. He is author of the ‘Untold History of Canada’ book series and Clash of the Two Americas trilogy. In 2019 he co-founded the Montreal-based Rising Tide Foundation . Matt and Cynthia’s books: https://canadianpatriot.org/untold-hi… Support the Canadian Patriot Review in the following ways: Make a donation https://risingtidefoundation.net/supp… Subscribe to Matt and Cynthia’s Substack matthewehret.substack.com cynthiachung.substack.com ALL MATTHEW EHRET REPORTS REPUBLISHED BY GOSPA NEWS (Visited 1.559 times, 2 visits today) FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi https://www.gospanews.net/en/2023/12/08/the-greater-israel-scheme-and-its-global-power-play-a-delusional-recipe-for-armageddon/ https://telegra.ph/The-Greater-Israel-Scheme-and-its-Global-Power-Play-a-Delusional-Recipe-for-Armageddon-07-18
    WWW.GOSPANEWS.NET
    The “Greater Israel” Scheme and its Global Power Play: a Delusional Recipe for Armageddon
    by Matthew Ehret - originally published on his SubstackVERSIONE IN ITALIANOAll links to Gospa News articles have been added aftermath in relation to the topics highlightedIn 1996, a nest of American-born imperialists revolving around Paul Wolfowitz, Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and Ric
    0 Comments 0 Shares 708 Views
  • The Pandemic Excuse for a Corporatist Coup
    Jeffrey A. Tucker
    We’ve just come across a document hosted by the Department of Homeland Security, posted March 2023, but written in 2007, that amounts to a full-blown corporatist imposition on the US, abolishing anything remotely resembling the Bill of Rights and Constitutional law. It is right there in plain sight for anyone curious enough to dig.

    There is nothing in it that you haven’t already experienced with lockdowns. What makes it interesting are the participants in the forging of the plan, which is pretty much the whole of corporate America as it stood in 2007. It was a George W. Bush initiative. The conclusions are startling.

    “Quarantine is a legally enforceable declaration that a government body may institute over individuals potentially exposed to a disease, but who are not symptomatic. If enacted, Federal quarantine laws will be coordinated between CDC and State and local public health officials, and, if necessary, law enforcement personnel…The government may also enact travel restrictions to limit the movement of people and products between geographic areas in an effort to limit disease transmission and spread. Authorities are currently reviewing possible plans to curtail international travel upon a pandemic’s emergence overseas.

    “Limiting public assembly opportunities also helps limit the spread of disease. Concert halls, movie theaters, sports arenas, shopping malls, and other large public gathering places might close indefinitely during a pandemic—whether because of voluntary closures or government-imposed closures. Similarly, officials may close schools and non-essential businesses during pandemic waves in an effort to significantly slow disease transmission rates. These strategies aim to prevent the close interaction of individuals, the primary conduit of spreading the influenza virus. Even taking steps such as limiting person-to-person interactions within a distance of three feet or avoiding instances of casual close contact, such as shaking hands, will help limit disease spread.”

    There we have it: the pandemic plans. They once seemed abstract. In 2020, they became very real. Your rights were deleted. No more freedom even to have house guests. In those days, the rule was to enforce only three feet of distance rather than six feet of distance, neither of which had any basis in science. Indeed, the actual scientific literature even at that time recommended against any physical interventions designed to limit the spread of respiratory viruses. They were known not to work. The entire profession of public health accepted that.

    Therefore, for many years before lockdowns wrecked economic functioning, there had been two parallel tracks in operation, one intellectual/academic and one imposed by state/corporate managers. They had nothing to do with each other. This situation persisted for the better part of 15 years. Suddenly in 2020, there was a reckoning, and the state/corporate managers won it. Seemingly out of nowhere, liberty as we have long known it was gone.

    Back in 2005, I first came across a Bush administration scheme, an early draft of the above, that would have ended freedom as we know it. It was a scheme for combating the bird flu, which officials back then imagined would involve universal quarantines, business and event closures, travel restrictions, and more.

    I wrote: “Even if the flu does come, and taxpayers have coughed up, the government will surely have a ball imposing travel restrictions, shutting down schools and businesses, quarantining cities, and banning public gatherings…It is a serious matter when the government purports to plan to abolish all liberty and nationalize all economic life and put every business under the control of the military, especially in the name of a bug that seems largely restricted to the bird population. Perhaps we should pay more attention. Perhaps such plans for the total state ought to even ruffle our feathers a bit.”

    For years I wrote about this topic, trying to get others interested. It was all there in black and white. At the drop of a hat, under the guise of a pandemic that only state managers can declare, real or drummed up, freedom itself could be abolished. These plans were never legislated, debated, or publicly discussed. They were simply posted as the result of various consultations with experts, who worked out their totalitarian fantasies as if scripting a Hollywood film.

    The 2007 blueprint is more explicit than anything I’ve seen. It comes from the National Infrastructure Advisory Council, which “includes executive leaders from the private sector and state/local government who advise the White House on how to reduce physical and cyber risks and improve the security and resilience of the nation’s critical infrastructure sectors. The NIAC is administered on behalf of the President in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act under the authority of the Secretary of the US Department of Homeland Security.”

    And who sat on this committee in 2007 that decided that governments “may close schools and non-essential businesses”? Let us see.

    Mr. Edmund G. Archuleta, General Manager, El Paso Water Utilities
    Mr. Alfred R. Berkeley III, Chairman and CEO, Pipeline Trading Group, LLC, and former President and Vice Chairman of NASDAQ
    Chief Rebecca F. Denlinger, Fire Chief, Cobb County (Ga.) Fire and Emergency Services
    Chief Gilbert G. Gallegos, Police Chief (ret.), City of Albuquerque, N.M. Police Department
    Ms. Martha H. Marsh, President and CEO, Stanford Hospital and Clinics
    Mr. James B. Nicholson, President and CEO, PVS Chemical, Inc.
    Mr. Erle A. Nye, Chairman Emeritus, TXU Corp., NIAC Chairman
    Mr. Bruce A. Rohde, Chairman and CEO Emeritus, ConAgra Foods, Inc.
    Mr. John W. Thompson, Chairman and CEO, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Brent Baglien, ConAgra Foods, Inc.
    Mr. David Barron, Bell South
    Mr. Dan Bart, TIA
    Mr. Scott Blanchette, Healthways
    Ms. Donna Burns, Georgia Emergency Management Agency
    Mr. Rob Clyde, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Scott Culp, Microsoft
    Mr. Clay Detlefsen, International Dairy Foods Association
    Mr. Dave Engaldo, The Options Clearing Corporation
    Ms. Courtenay Enright, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Gary Gardner, American Gas Association
    Mr. Bob Garfield, American Frozen Foods Institute
    Ms. Joan Gehrke, PVS Chemical, Inc.
    Ms. Sarah Gordon, Symantec
    Mr. Mike Hickey, Verizon
    Mr. Ron Hicks, Anadarko Petroleum Corporation
    Mr. George Hender, The Options Clearing Corporation
    Mr. James Hunter, City of Albuquerque, NM Emergency Management
    Mr. Stan Johnson, North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC)
    Mr. David Jones, El Paso Corporation
    Inspector Jay Kopstein, Operations Division, New York City Police Department (NYPD)
    Ms. Tiffany Jones, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Bruce Larson, American Water
    Mr. Charlie Lathram, Business Executives for National Security (BENS)/BellSouth
    Mr. Turner Madden, Madden & Patton
    Chief Mary Beth Michos, Prince William County (Va.) Fire and Rescue
    Mr. Bill Muston, TXU Corp.
    Mr. Vijay Nilekani, Nuclear Energy Institute
    Mr. Phil Reitinger, Microsoft
    Mr. Rob Rolfsen, Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Mr. Tim Roxey, Constellation
    Ms. Charyl Sarber, Symantec
    Mr. Lyman Shaffer, Pacific Gas and Electric,
    Ms. Diane VanDeHei, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA)
    Ms. Susan Vismor, Mellon Financial Corporation
    Mr. Ken Watson, Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Mr. Greg Wells, Southwest Airlines
    Mr. Gino Zucca, Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Resources
    Dr. Bruce Gellin, Rockefeller Foundation
    Dr. Mary Mazanec
    Dr. Stuart Nightingale, CDC
    Ms. Julie Schafer
    Dr. Ben Schwartz, CDC
    Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Resources
    Mr. James Caverly, Director, Infrastructure Partnerships Division
    Ms. Nancy Wong, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO)
    Ms. Jenny Menna, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO)
    Dr. Til Jolly
    Mr. Jon MacLaren
    Ms. Laverne Madison
    Ms. Kathie McCracken
    Mr. Bucky Owens
    Mr. Dale Brown, Contractor
    Mr. John Dragseth, IP attorney, Contractor
    Mr. Jeff Green, Contractor
    Mr. Tim McCabe, Contractor
    Mr. William B. Anderson, ITS America
    Mr. Michael Arceneaux, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA)
    Mr. Chad Callaghan, Marriott Corporation
    Mr. Ted Cromwell, American Chemistry Council (ACC)
    Ms. Jeanne Dumas, American Trucking Association (ATA)
    Ms. Joan Harris, US Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary
    Mr. Greg Hull, American Public Transportation Association
    Mr. Joe LaRocca, National Retail Federation
    Mr. Jack McKlveen, United Parcel Service (UPS)
    Ms. Beth Montgomery, Wal-Mart
    Dr. J. Patrick O’Neal, Georgia Office of EMS/Trauma/EP
    Mr. Roger Platt, The Real Estate Roundtable
    Mr. Martin Rojas, American Trucking Association (ATA)
    Mr. Timothy Sargent, Senior Chief, Economic Analysis and Forecasting Division, Economic and Fiscal Policy Branch, Finance Canada
    In other words, big everything: food, energy, retail, computers, water, and you name it. It’s a corporatist dream team.

    Consider ConAgra itself. What is that? It is Banquet, Chef Boyardee, Healthy Choice, Orville Redenbacher’s, Reddi-Wip, Slim Jim, Hunt’s Peter Pan Egg Beaters, Hebrew National, Marie Callender’s, P.F. Chang’s, Ranch Style Beans, Ro*Tel, Wolf Brand Chili, Angie’s, Duke’s, Gardein, Frontera, Bertolli, among many other seemingly independent brands that are all actually one company.

    Now, ask yourself: why might all these companies favor a plan for lockdowns? Why might WalMart, for example? It stands to reason. Lockdowns are a massive interference with competitive capitalism. They provide the best possible subsidy to big business while shutting down independent small businesses and putting them at a huge disadvantage once the opening up happens.

    In other words, it is an industrial racket, very much akin to interwar-style fascism, a corporatist combination of big business and big government. Throw pharma into the mix and you see exactly what came to pass in 2020, which amounted to the largest transfer of wealth from small and medium-sized business plus the middle class to wealthy industrialists in the history of humanity.

    The document is open even about managing information flows: “The public and private sectors should align their communications, exercises, investments, and support activities absolutely with both the plan and priorities during a pandemic influenza event. Continue data gathering, analysis, reporting, and open review.”

    There is nothing in any of this that fits with any Western tradition of law and liberty. Nothing. It was never approved by any democratic means. It was never part of any political campaign. It has never been the subject of any serious media examination. No think tank has ever pushed back on such plans in any systematic way.

    The last serious attempt to debunk this whole apparatus was from D.H. Henderson in 2006. His two co-authors on that paper eventually came around to going along with lockdowns of 2020. Henderson died in 2016. One of the co-authors of the original article told me that if Dr. Henderson had been around, instead of Dr. Fauci, the lockdowns would never have taken place.

    Here we are four years following the deployment of this lockdown machinery, and we are witness to what it destroys. It would be nice to say that the entire apparatus and theory behind it have been fully discredited.

    But that is not correct. All the plans are still in place. There have been no changes in federal law. Not one effort has been made to dismantle the corporatist/biosecurity planning state that made all this possible. Every bit of it is in place for the next go-around.

    Much of the authority for this whole coup traces to the Public Health Services Act of 1944, which was passed in wartime. For the first time in US history, it gave the federal government the power to quarantine. Even when the Biden administration was looking for some basis to justify its transportation mask mandate, it fell back to this one piece of legislation.

    If anyone really wants to get to the root of this problem, there are decisive steps that need to be taken. The indemnification of pharma from liability for harm needs to be repealed. The court precedent of forced shots in Jacobson needs to be overthrown. But even more fundamentally, the quarantine power itself has to go, and that means the full repeal of the Public Health Services Act of 1944. That is the root of the problem. Freedom will not be safe until it is uprooted.

    As it stands right now, everything that unfolded in 2020 and 2021 can happen again. Indeed, the plans are in place for exactly that.

    Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
    For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author.

    Author

    Jeffrey Tucker is Founder, Author, and President at Brownstone Institute. He is also Senior Economics Columnist for Epoch Times, author of 10 books, including Life After Lockdown, and many thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture.

    View all posts

    https://brownstone.org/articles/the-pandemic-excuse-for-a-corporatist-coup/
    The Pandemic Excuse for a Corporatist Coup Jeffrey A. Tucker We’ve just come across a document hosted by the Department of Homeland Security, posted March 2023, but written in 2007, that amounts to a full-blown corporatist imposition on the US, abolishing anything remotely resembling the Bill of Rights and Constitutional law. It is right there in plain sight for anyone curious enough to dig. There is nothing in it that you haven’t already experienced with lockdowns. What makes it interesting are the participants in the forging of the plan, which is pretty much the whole of corporate America as it stood in 2007. It was a George W. Bush initiative. The conclusions are startling. “Quarantine is a legally enforceable declaration that a government body may institute over individuals potentially exposed to a disease, but who are not symptomatic. If enacted, Federal quarantine laws will be coordinated between CDC and State and local public health officials, and, if necessary, law enforcement personnel…The government may also enact travel restrictions to limit the movement of people and products between geographic areas in an effort to limit disease transmission and spread. Authorities are currently reviewing possible plans to curtail international travel upon a pandemic’s emergence overseas. “Limiting public assembly opportunities also helps limit the spread of disease. Concert halls, movie theaters, sports arenas, shopping malls, and other large public gathering places might close indefinitely during a pandemic—whether because of voluntary closures or government-imposed closures. Similarly, officials may close schools and non-essential businesses during pandemic waves in an effort to significantly slow disease transmission rates. These strategies aim to prevent the close interaction of individuals, the primary conduit of spreading the influenza virus. Even taking steps such as limiting person-to-person interactions within a distance of three feet or avoiding instances of casual close contact, such as shaking hands, will help limit disease spread.” There we have it: the pandemic plans. They once seemed abstract. In 2020, they became very real. Your rights were deleted. No more freedom even to have house guests. In those days, the rule was to enforce only three feet of distance rather than six feet of distance, neither of which had any basis in science. Indeed, the actual scientific literature even at that time recommended against any physical interventions designed to limit the spread of respiratory viruses. They were known not to work. The entire profession of public health accepted that. Therefore, for many years before lockdowns wrecked economic functioning, there had been two parallel tracks in operation, one intellectual/academic and one imposed by state/corporate managers. They had nothing to do with each other. This situation persisted for the better part of 15 years. Suddenly in 2020, there was a reckoning, and the state/corporate managers won it. Seemingly out of nowhere, liberty as we have long known it was gone. Back in 2005, I first came across a Bush administration scheme, an early draft of the above, that would have ended freedom as we know it. It was a scheme for combating the bird flu, which officials back then imagined would involve universal quarantines, business and event closures, travel restrictions, and more. I wrote: “Even if the flu does come, and taxpayers have coughed up, the government will surely have a ball imposing travel restrictions, shutting down schools and businesses, quarantining cities, and banning public gatherings…It is a serious matter when the government purports to plan to abolish all liberty and nationalize all economic life and put every business under the control of the military, especially in the name of a bug that seems largely restricted to the bird population. Perhaps we should pay more attention. Perhaps such plans for the total state ought to even ruffle our feathers a bit.” For years I wrote about this topic, trying to get others interested. It was all there in black and white. At the drop of a hat, under the guise of a pandemic that only state managers can declare, real or drummed up, freedom itself could be abolished. These plans were never legislated, debated, or publicly discussed. They were simply posted as the result of various consultations with experts, who worked out their totalitarian fantasies as if scripting a Hollywood film. The 2007 blueprint is more explicit than anything I’ve seen. It comes from the National Infrastructure Advisory Council, which “includes executive leaders from the private sector and state/local government who advise the White House on how to reduce physical and cyber risks and improve the security and resilience of the nation’s critical infrastructure sectors. The NIAC is administered on behalf of the President in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act under the authority of the Secretary of the US Department of Homeland Security.” And who sat on this committee in 2007 that decided that governments “may close schools and non-essential businesses”? Let us see. Mr. Edmund G. Archuleta, General Manager, El Paso Water Utilities Mr. Alfred R. Berkeley III, Chairman and CEO, Pipeline Trading Group, LLC, and former President and Vice Chairman of NASDAQ Chief Rebecca F. Denlinger, Fire Chief, Cobb County (Ga.) Fire and Emergency Services Chief Gilbert G. Gallegos, Police Chief (ret.), City of Albuquerque, N.M. Police Department Ms. Martha H. Marsh, President and CEO, Stanford Hospital and Clinics Mr. James B. Nicholson, President and CEO, PVS Chemical, Inc. Mr. Erle A. Nye, Chairman Emeritus, TXU Corp., NIAC Chairman Mr. Bruce A. Rohde, Chairman and CEO Emeritus, ConAgra Foods, Inc. Mr. John W. Thompson, Chairman and CEO, Symantec Corporation Mr. Brent Baglien, ConAgra Foods, Inc. Mr. David Barron, Bell South Mr. Dan Bart, TIA Mr. Scott Blanchette, Healthways Ms. Donna Burns, Georgia Emergency Management Agency Mr. Rob Clyde, Symantec Corporation Mr. Scott Culp, Microsoft Mr. Clay Detlefsen, International Dairy Foods Association Mr. Dave Engaldo, The Options Clearing Corporation Ms. Courtenay Enright, Symantec Corporation Mr. Gary Gardner, American Gas Association Mr. Bob Garfield, American Frozen Foods Institute Ms. Joan Gehrke, PVS Chemical, Inc. Ms. Sarah Gordon, Symantec Mr. Mike Hickey, Verizon Mr. Ron Hicks, Anadarko Petroleum Corporation Mr. George Hender, The Options Clearing Corporation Mr. James Hunter, City of Albuquerque, NM Emergency Management Mr. Stan Johnson, North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC) Mr. David Jones, El Paso Corporation Inspector Jay Kopstein, Operations Division, New York City Police Department (NYPD) Ms. Tiffany Jones, Symantec Corporation Mr. Bruce Larson, American Water Mr. Charlie Lathram, Business Executives for National Security (BENS)/BellSouth Mr. Turner Madden, Madden & Patton Chief Mary Beth Michos, Prince William County (Va.) Fire and Rescue Mr. Bill Muston, TXU Corp. Mr. Vijay Nilekani, Nuclear Energy Institute Mr. Phil Reitinger, Microsoft Mr. Rob Rolfsen, Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Tim Roxey, Constellation Ms. Charyl Sarber, Symantec Mr. Lyman Shaffer, Pacific Gas and Electric, Ms. Diane VanDeHei, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA) Ms. Susan Vismor, Mellon Financial Corporation Mr. Ken Watson, Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Greg Wells, Southwest Airlines Mr. Gino Zucca, Cisco Systems, Inc. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Resources Dr. Bruce Gellin, Rockefeller Foundation Dr. Mary Mazanec Dr. Stuart Nightingale, CDC Ms. Julie Schafer Dr. Ben Schwartz, CDC Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Resources Mr. James Caverly, Director, Infrastructure Partnerships Division Ms. Nancy Wong, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO) Ms. Jenny Menna, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO) Dr. Til Jolly Mr. Jon MacLaren Ms. Laverne Madison Ms. Kathie McCracken Mr. Bucky Owens Mr. Dale Brown, Contractor Mr. John Dragseth, IP attorney, Contractor Mr. Jeff Green, Contractor Mr. Tim McCabe, Contractor Mr. William B. Anderson, ITS America Mr. Michael Arceneaux, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA) Mr. Chad Callaghan, Marriott Corporation Mr. Ted Cromwell, American Chemistry Council (ACC) Ms. Jeanne Dumas, American Trucking Association (ATA) Ms. Joan Harris, US Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary Mr. Greg Hull, American Public Transportation Association Mr. Joe LaRocca, National Retail Federation Mr. Jack McKlveen, United Parcel Service (UPS) Ms. Beth Montgomery, Wal-Mart Dr. J. Patrick O’Neal, Georgia Office of EMS/Trauma/EP Mr. Roger Platt, The Real Estate Roundtable Mr. Martin Rojas, American Trucking Association (ATA) Mr. Timothy Sargent, Senior Chief, Economic Analysis and Forecasting Division, Economic and Fiscal Policy Branch, Finance Canada In other words, big everything: food, energy, retail, computers, water, and you name it. It’s a corporatist dream team. Consider ConAgra itself. What is that? It is Banquet, Chef Boyardee, Healthy Choice, Orville Redenbacher’s, Reddi-Wip, Slim Jim, Hunt’s Peter Pan Egg Beaters, Hebrew National, Marie Callender’s, P.F. Chang’s, Ranch Style Beans, Ro*Tel, Wolf Brand Chili, Angie’s, Duke’s, Gardein, Frontera, Bertolli, among many other seemingly independent brands that are all actually one company. Now, ask yourself: why might all these companies favor a plan for lockdowns? Why might WalMart, for example? It stands to reason. Lockdowns are a massive interference with competitive capitalism. They provide the best possible subsidy to big business while shutting down independent small businesses and putting them at a huge disadvantage once the opening up happens. In other words, it is an industrial racket, very much akin to interwar-style fascism, a corporatist combination of big business and big government. Throw pharma into the mix and you see exactly what came to pass in 2020, which amounted to the largest transfer of wealth from small and medium-sized business plus the middle class to wealthy industrialists in the history of humanity. The document is open even about managing information flows: “The public and private sectors should align their communications, exercises, investments, and support activities absolutely with both the plan and priorities during a pandemic influenza event. Continue data gathering, analysis, reporting, and open review.” There is nothing in any of this that fits with any Western tradition of law and liberty. Nothing. It was never approved by any democratic means. It was never part of any political campaign. It has never been the subject of any serious media examination. No think tank has ever pushed back on such plans in any systematic way. The last serious attempt to debunk this whole apparatus was from D.H. Henderson in 2006. His two co-authors on that paper eventually came around to going along with lockdowns of 2020. Henderson died in 2016. One of the co-authors of the original article told me that if Dr. Henderson had been around, instead of Dr. Fauci, the lockdowns would never have taken place. Here we are four years following the deployment of this lockdown machinery, and we are witness to what it destroys. It would be nice to say that the entire apparatus and theory behind it have been fully discredited. But that is not correct. All the plans are still in place. There have been no changes in federal law. Not one effort has been made to dismantle the corporatist/biosecurity planning state that made all this possible. Every bit of it is in place for the next go-around. Much of the authority for this whole coup traces to the Public Health Services Act of 1944, which was passed in wartime. For the first time in US history, it gave the federal government the power to quarantine. Even when the Biden administration was looking for some basis to justify its transportation mask mandate, it fell back to this one piece of legislation. If anyone really wants to get to the root of this problem, there are decisive steps that need to be taken. The indemnification of pharma from liability for harm needs to be repealed. The court precedent of forced shots in Jacobson needs to be overthrown. But even more fundamentally, the quarantine power itself has to go, and that means the full repeal of the Public Health Services Act of 1944. That is the root of the problem. Freedom will not be safe until it is uprooted. As it stands right now, everything that unfolded in 2020 and 2021 can happen again. Indeed, the plans are in place for exactly that. Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author. Author Jeffrey Tucker is Founder, Author, and President at Brownstone Institute. He is also Senior Economics Columnist for Epoch Times, author of 10 books, including Life After Lockdown, and many thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture. View all posts https://brownstone.org/articles/the-pandemic-excuse-for-a-corporatist-coup/
    BROWNSTONE.ORG
    The Pandemic Excuse for a Corporatist Coup ⋆ Brownstone Institute
    The indemnification of pharma from liability for harm needs to be repealed. But even more fundamentally, the quarantine power itself has to go, and that means the full repeal of the Public Health Services Act of 1944.
    0 Comments 0 Shares 541 Views
  • Banksta's Paradise: Look Who Really Controls Donald Trump
    MAGA: Making America a Globalist Asset

    Anthony Colpo

    Jeffrey Epstein’s main financial patron, billionaire Leslie Wexner, was co-founder of an outfit dubbed Mega Group which "unites several well-known businessmen with a penchant for pro-Israel and ethno-philanthropy (i.e., philanthropy benefiting a single ethnic or ethno-religious group)."

    A 1998 Wall Street Journal article describes the Mega Group as “a loosely organized club of 20 of the nation’s wealthiest and most influential Jewish businessmen” focused on “philanthropy and Jewishness.”

    With 1998 membership rates at $30,000 a year, regular Jewish folks need not apply.

    As Whitney Webb has detailed, several of its most prominent members have ties to organized crime. Mega Group members have also been key players in the pro-Israel lobby in the US. For instance, Mega Group member Max Fisher founded the National Jewish Coalition, now known as the Republican Jewish Coalition — the main pro-Israel neoconservative political lobbying group whose chief patrons, Sheldon Adelson and Bernard Marcus, are among Donald Trump’s top donors.

    For all you poor sods who think Trump is all about Making America Great Again, I strongly recommend the following video which shows he's just a puppet whose main job is Maintaining America as a Globalist Asset.

    The video runs for just under 20 minutes - it’s well worth watching if you want a clearer picture of who Trump really is and who pulls his puppet strings.



    As the video explains, in 1990 Trump was an astronomical $4 billion in debt thanks to his poor business decisions. These included an especially misguided foray into the casino business.

    According to Trump, he avoided bankruptcy due to a Herculean phone session in which he personally called each and every one of the 72 banks he was in hock to, using his stupendous "Art of the Deal" powers of persuasion.

    The real story is very different. The key entity that pulled Trump off his runaway debt train before it crashed and exploded into Destination F**ked was none other than ....

    … Rothschild & Co.

    It doesn't get much more globalist than the Rothschilds, and Trump is forever indebted to them.

    When asked why they bailed him out, Rothschild's man-on-the-case, Wilbur Ross Jr, explained “The Trump name is still very much an asset.”

    Just like Epstein appears to have been very much a Mossad asset.





    The Banksta’s Paradise video also features the aforementioned Sheldon Adelson, who pulled a lot of strings and pumped a lot of money into ensuring Trump got elected in 2016.

    The video shows Adelson telling his fellow Zionists, “The uniform I wore in the military unfortunately was not an Israeli uniform, it was an American uniform although my wife was in the IDF and one of my daughter's was in the IDF ... all we care about is being good Zionists, being good citizens of Israel." (Bold emphasis added).

    The video also shows none other than Steve Bannon, gushing at a Zionist Organization of America dinner, "that victory would not have come without one other person besides Donald Trump, Sheldon Adelson. It is not about resources, it's about counsel, guidance and wisdom ... Sheldon Adelson had Donald Trump's back."

    Can’t argue with that: Wealthy Zionists appear to have a very firm mount on Trump’s posterior.

    The question is, how can anyone still believe Trump is all about ‘Making America Great Again’ when he is funded, ‘counseled’ and controlled by people whose primary allegiance is indisputably to a foreign power?


    Pick your preferred globalist-controlled Muppet.

    Telling people what they need to but don’t want to hear is an often thankless task. To keep the truth bombs coming, please consider becoming a paid subscriber.

    Share

    https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/bankstas-paradise-look-who-really?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    Banksta's Paradise: Look Who Really Controls Donald Trump MAGA: Making America a Globalist Asset Anthony Colpo Jeffrey Epstein’s main financial patron, billionaire Leslie Wexner, was co-founder of an outfit dubbed Mega Group which "unites several well-known businessmen with a penchant for pro-Israel and ethno-philanthropy (i.e., philanthropy benefiting a single ethnic or ethno-religious group)." A 1998 Wall Street Journal article describes the Mega Group as “a loosely organized club of 20 of the nation’s wealthiest and most influential Jewish businessmen” focused on “philanthropy and Jewishness.” With 1998 membership rates at $30,000 a year, regular Jewish folks need not apply. As Whitney Webb has detailed, several of its most prominent members have ties to organized crime. Mega Group members have also been key players in the pro-Israel lobby in the US. For instance, Mega Group member Max Fisher founded the National Jewish Coalition, now known as the Republican Jewish Coalition — the main pro-Israel neoconservative political lobbying group whose chief patrons, Sheldon Adelson and Bernard Marcus, are among Donald Trump’s top donors. For all you poor sods who think Trump is all about Making America Great Again, I strongly recommend the following video which shows he's just a puppet whose main job is Maintaining America as a Globalist Asset. The video runs for just under 20 minutes - it’s well worth watching if you want a clearer picture of who Trump really is and who pulls his puppet strings. As the video explains, in 1990 Trump was an astronomical $4 billion in debt thanks to his poor business decisions. These included an especially misguided foray into the casino business. According to Trump, he avoided bankruptcy due to a Herculean phone session in which he personally called each and every one of the 72 banks he was in hock to, using his stupendous "Art of the Deal" powers of persuasion. The real story is very different. The key entity that pulled Trump off his runaway debt train before it crashed and exploded into Destination F**ked was none other than .... … Rothschild & Co. It doesn't get much more globalist than the Rothschilds, and Trump is forever indebted to them. When asked why they bailed him out, Rothschild's man-on-the-case, Wilbur Ross Jr, explained “The Trump name is still very much an asset.” Just like Epstein appears to have been very much a Mossad asset. The Banksta’s Paradise video also features the aforementioned Sheldon Adelson, who pulled a lot of strings and pumped a lot of money into ensuring Trump got elected in 2016. The video shows Adelson telling his fellow Zionists, “The uniform I wore in the military unfortunately was not an Israeli uniform, it was an American uniform although my wife was in the IDF and one of my daughter's was in the IDF ... all we care about is being good Zionists, being good citizens of Israel." (Bold emphasis added). The video also shows none other than Steve Bannon, gushing at a Zionist Organization of America dinner, "that victory would not have come without one other person besides Donald Trump, Sheldon Adelson. It is not about resources, it's about counsel, guidance and wisdom ... Sheldon Adelson had Donald Trump's back." Can’t argue with that: Wealthy Zionists appear to have a very firm mount on Trump’s posterior. The question is, how can anyone still believe Trump is all about ‘Making America Great Again’ when he is funded, ‘counseled’ and controlled by people whose primary allegiance is indisputably to a foreign power? Pick your preferred globalist-controlled Muppet. Telling people what they need to but don’t want to hear is an often thankless task. To keep the truth bombs coming, please consider becoming a paid subscriber. Share https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/bankstas-paradise-look-who-really?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    0 Comments 0 Shares 273 Views
  • The Pandemic Excuse for a Corporatist Coup
    Jeffrey A. Tucker
    We’ve just come across a document hosted by the Department of Homeland Security, posted March 2023, but written in 2007, that amounts to a full-blown corporatist imposition on the US, abolishing anything remotely resembling the Bill of Rights and Constitutional law. It is right there in plain sight for anyone curious enough to dig.

    There is nothing in it that you haven’t already experienced with lockdowns. What makes it interesting are the participants in the forging of the plan, which is pretty much the whole of corporate America as it stood in 2007. It was a George W. Bush initiative. The conclusions are startling.

    “Quarantine is a legally enforceable declaration that a government body may institute over individuals potentially exposed to a disease, but who are not symptomatic. If enacted, Federal quarantine laws will be coordinated between CDC and State and local public health officials, and, if necessary, law enforcement personnel…The government may also enact travel restrictions to limit the movement of people and products between geographic areas in an effort to limit disease transmission and spread. Authorities are currently reviewing possible plans to curtail international travel upon a pandemic’s emergence overseas.

    “Limiting public assembly opportunities also helps limit the spread of disease. Concert halls, movie theaters, sports arenas, shopping malls, and other large public gathering places might close indefinitely during a pandemic—whether because of voluntary closures or government-imposed closures. Similarly, officials may close schools and non-essential businesses during pandemic waves in an effort to significantly slow disease transmission rates. These strategies aim to prevent the close interaction of individuals, the primary conduit of spreading the influenza virus. Even taking steps such as limiting person-to-person interactions within a distance of three feet or avoiding instances of casual close contact, such as shaking hands, will help limit disease spread.”

    There we have it: the pandemic plans. They once seemed abstract. In 2020, they became very real. Your rights were deleted. No more freedom even to have house guests. In those days, the rule was to enforce only three feet of distance rather than six feet of distance, neither of which had any basis in science. Indeed, the actual scientific literature even at that time recommended against any physical interventions designed to limit the spread of respiratory viruses. They were known not to work. The entire profession of public health accepted that.

    Therefore, for many years before lockdowns wrecked economic functioning, there had been two parallel tracks in operation, one intellectual/academic and one imposed by state/corporate managers. They had nothing to do with each other. This situation persisted for the better part of 15 years. Suddenly in 2020, there was a reckoning, and the state/corporate managers won it. Seemingly out of nowhere, liberty as we have long known it was gone.

    Back in 2005, I first came across a Bush administration scheme, an early draft of the above, that would have ended freedom as we know it. It was a scheme for combating the bird flu, which officials back then imagined would involve universal quarantines, business and event closures, travel restrictions, and more.

    I wrote: “Even if the flu does come, and taxpayers have coughed up, the government will surely have a ball imposing travel restrictions, shutting down schools and businesses, quarantining cities, and banning public gatherings…It is a serious matter when the government purports to plan to abolish all liberty and nationalize all economic life and put every business under the control of the military, especially in the name of a bug that seems largely restricted to the bird population. Perhaps we should pay more attention. Perhaps such plans for the total state ought to even ruffle our feathers a bit.”

    For years I wrote about this topic, trying to get others interested. It was all there in black and white. At the drop of a hat, under the guise of a pandemic that only state managers can declare, real or drummed up, freedom itself could be abolished. These plans were never legislated, debated, or publicly discussed. They were simply posted as the result of various consultations with experts, who worked out their totalitarian fantasies as if scripting a Hollywood film.

    The 2007 blueprint is more explicit than anything I’ve seen. It comes from the National Infrastructure Advisory Council, which “includes executive leaders from the private sector and state/local government who advise the White House on how to reduce physical and cyber risks and improve the security and resilience of the nation’s critical infrastructure sectors. The NIAC is administered on behalf of the President in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act under the authority of the Secretary of the US Department of Homeland Security.”

    And who sat on this committee in 2007 that decided that governments “may close schools and non-essential businesses”? Let us see.

    Mr. Edmund G. Archuleta, General Manager, El Paso Water Utilities
    Mr. Alfred R. Berkeley III, Chairman and CEO, Pipeline Trading Group, LLC, and former President and Vice Chairman of NASDAQ
    Chief Rebecca F. Denlinger, Fire Chief, Cobb County (Ga.) Fire and Emergency Services
    Chief Gilbert G. Gallegos, Police Chief (ret.), City of Albuquerque, N.M. Police Department
    Ms. Martha H. Marsh, President and CEO, Stanford Hospital and Clinics
    Mr. James B. Nicholson, President and CEO, PVS Chemical, Inc.
    Mr. Erle A. Nye, Chairman Emeritus, TXU Corp., NIAC Chairman
    Mr. Bruce A. Rohde, Chairman and CEO Emeritus, ConAgra Foods, Inc.
    Mr. John W. Thompson, Chairman and CEO, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Brent Baglien, ConAgra Foods, Inc.
    Mr. David Barron, Bell South
    Mr. Dan Bart, TIA
    Mr. Scott Blanchette, Healthways
    Ms. Donna Burns, Georgia Emergency Management Agency
    Mr. Rob Clyde, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Scott Culp, Microsoft
    Mr. Clay Detlefsen, International Dairy Foods Association
    Mr. Dave Engaldo, The Options Clearing Corporation
    Ms. Courtenay Enright, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Gary Gardner, American Gas Association
    Mr. Bob Garfield, American Frozen Foods Institute
    Ms. Joan Gehrke, PVS Chemical, Inc.
    Ms. Sarah Gordon, Symantec
    Mr. Mike Hickey, Verizon
    Mr. Ron Hicks, Anadarko Petroleum Corporation
    Mr. George Hender, The Options Clearing Corporation
    Mr. James Hunter, City of Albuquerque, NM Emergency Management
    Mr. Stan Johnson, North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC)
    Mr. David Jones, El Paso Corporation
    Inspector Jay Kopstein, Operations Division, New York City Police Department (NYPD)
    Ms. Tiffany Jones, Symantec Corporation
    Mr. Bruce Larson, American Water
    Mr. Charlie Lathram, Business Executives for National Security (BENS)/BellSouth
    Mr. Turner Madden, Madden & Patton
    Chief Mary Beth Michos, Prince William County (Va.) Fire and Rescue
    Mr. Bill Muston, TXU Corp.
    Mr. Vijay Nilekani, Nuclear Energy Institute
    Mr. Phil Reitinger, Microsoft
    Mr. Rob Rolfsen, Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Mr. Tim Roxey, Constellation
    Ms. Charyl Sarber, Symantec
    Mr. Lyman Shaffer, Pacific Gas and Electric,
    Ms. Diane VanDeHei, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA)
    Ms. Susan Vismor, Mellon Financial Corporation
    Mr. Ken Watson, Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Mr. Greg Wells, Southwest Airlines
    Mr. Gino Zucca, Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Resources
    Dr. Bruce Gellin, Rockefeller Foundation
    Dr. Mary Mazanec
    Dr. Stuart Nightingale, CDC
    Ms. Julie Schafer
    Dr. Ben Schwartz, CDC
    Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Resources
    Mr. James Caverly, Director, Infrastructure Partnerships Division
    Ms. Nancy Wong, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO)
    Ms. Jenny Menna, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO)
    Dr. Til Jolly
    Mr. Jon MacLaren
    Ms. Laverne Madison
    Ms. Kathie McCracken
    Mr. Bucky Owens
    Mr. Dale Brown, Contractor
    Mr. John Dragseth, IP attorney, Contractor
    Mr. Jeff Green, Contractor
    Mr. Tim McCabe, Contractor
    Mr. William B. Anderson, ITS America
    Mr. Michael Arceneaux, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA)
    Mr. Chad Callaghan, Marriott Corporation
    Mr. Ted Cromwell, American Chemistry Council (ACC)
    Ms. Jeanne Dumas, American Trucking Association (ATA)
    Ms. Joan Harris, US Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary
    Mr. Greg Hull, American Public Transportation Association
    Mr. Joe LaRocca, National Retail Federation
    Mr. Jack McKlveen, United Parcel Service (UPS)
    Ms. Beth Montgomery, Wal-Mart
    Dr. J. Patrick O’Neal, Georgia Office of EMS/Trauma/EP
    Mr. Roger Platt, The Real Estate Roundtable
    Mr. Martin Rojas, American Trucking Association (ATA)
    Mr. Timothy Sargent, Senior Chief, Economic Analysis and Forecasting Division, Economic and Fiscal Policy Branch, Finance Canada
    In other words, big everything: food, energy, retail, computers, water, and you name it. It’s a corporatist dream team.

    Consider ConAgra itself. What is that? It is Banquet, Chef Boyardee, Healthy Choice, Orville Redenbacher’s, Reddi-Wip, Slim Jim, Hunt’s Peter Pan Egg Beaters, Hebrew National, Marie Callender’s, P.F. Chang’s, Ranch Style Beans, Ro*Tel, Wolf Brand Chili, Angie’s, Duke’s, Gardein, Frontera, Bertolli, among many other seemingly independent brands that are all actually one company.

    Now, ask yourself: why might all these companies favor a plan for lockdowns? Why might WalMart, for example? It stands to reason. Lockdowns are a massive interference with competitive capitalism. They provide the best possible subsidy to big business while shutting down independent small businesses and putting them at a huge disadvantage once the opening up happens.

    In other words, it is an industrial racket, very much akin to interwar-style fascism, a corporatist combination of big business and big government. Throw pharma into the mix and you see exactly what came to pass in 2020, which amounted to the largest transfer of wealth from small and medium-sized business plus the middle class to wealthy industrialists in the history of humanity.

    The document is open even about managing information flows: “The public and private sectors should align their communications, exercises, investments, and support activities absolutely with both the plan and priorities during a pandemic influenza event. Continue data gathering, analysis, reporting, and open review.”

    There is nothing in any of this that fits with any Western tradition of law and liberty. Nothing. It was never approved by any democratic means. It was never part of any political campaign. It has never been the subject of any serious media examination. No think tank has ever pushed back on such plans in any systematic way.

    The last serious attempt to debunk this whole apparatus was from D.H. Henderson in 2006. His two co-authors on that paper eventually came around to going along with lockdowns of 2020. Henderson died in 2016. One of the co-authors of the original article told me that if Dr. Henderson had been around, instead of Dr. Fauci, the lockdowns would never have taken place.

    Here we are four years following the deployment of this lockdown machinery, and we are witness to what it destroys. It would be nice to say that the entire apparatus and theory behind it have been fully discredited.

    But that is not correct. All the plans are still in place. There have been no changes in federal law. Not one effort has been made to dismantle the corporatist/biosecurity planning state that made all this possible. Every bit of it is in place for the next go-around.

    Much of the authority for this whole coup traces to the Public Health Services Act of 1944, which was passed in wartime. For the first time in US history, it gave the federal government the power to quarantine. Even when the Biden administration was looking for some basis to justify its transportation mask mandate, it fell back to this one piece of legislation.

    If anyone really wants to get to the root of this problem, there are decisive steps that need to be taken. The indemnification of pharma from liability for harm needs to be repealed. The court precedent of forced shots in Jacobson needs to be overthrown. But even more fundamentally, the quarantine power itself has to go, and that means the full repeal of the Public Health Services Act of 1944. That is the root of the problem. Freedom will not be safe until it is uprooted.

    As it stands right now, everything that unfolded in 2020 and 2021 can happen again. Indeed, the plans are in place for exactly that.

    Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
    For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author.

    Author

    Jeffrey Tucker is Founder, Author, and President at Brownstone Institute. He is also Senior Economics Columnist for Epoch Times, author of 10 books, including Life After Lockdown, and many thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture.

    View all posts


    https://brownstone.org/articles/the-pandemic-excuse-for-a-corporatist-coup/
    The Pandemic Excuse for a Corporatist Coup Jeffrey A. Tucker We’ve just come across a document hosted by the Department of Homeland Security, posted March 2023, but written in 2007, that amounts to a full-blown corporatist imposition on the US, abolishing anything remotely resembling the Bill of Rights and Constitutional law. It is right there in plain sight for anyone curious enough to dig. There is nothing in it that you haven’t already experienced with lockdowns. What makes it interesting are the participants in the forging of the plan, which is pretty much the whole of corporate America as it stood in 2007. It was a George W. Bush initiative. The conclusions are startling. “Quarantine is a legally enforceable declaration that a government body may institute over individuals potentially exposed to a disease, but who are not symptomatic. If enacted, Federal quarantine laws will be coordinated between CDC and State and local public health officials, and, if necessary, law enforcement personnel…The government may also enact travel restrictions to limit the movement of people and products between geographic areas in an effort to limit disease transmission and spread. Authorities are currently reviewing possible plans to curtail international travel upon a pandemic’s emergence overseas. “Limiting public assembly opportunities also helps limit the spread of disease. Concert halls, movie theaters, sports arenas, shopping malls, and other large public gathering places might close indefinitely during a pandemic—whether because of voluntary closures or government-imposed closures. Similarly, officials may close schools and non-essential businesses during pandemic waves in an effort to significantly slow disease transmission rates. These strategies aim to prevent the close interaction of individuals, the primary conduit of spreading the influenza virus. Even taking steps such as limiting person-to-person interactions within a distance of three feet or avoiding instances of casual close contact, such as shaking hands, will help limit disease spread.” There we have it: the pandemic plans. They once seemed abstract. In 2020, they became very real. Your rights were deleted. No more freedom even to have house guests. In those days, the rule was to enforce only three feet of distance rather than six feet of distance, neither of which had any basis in science. Indeed, the actual scientific literature even at that time recommended against any physical interventions designed to limit the spread of respiratory viruses. They were known not to work. The entire profession of public health accepted that. Therefore, for many years before lockdowns wrecked economic functioning, there had been two parallel tracks in operation, one intellectual/academic and one imposed by state/corporate managers. They had nothing to do with each other. This situation persisted for the better part of 15 years. Suddenly in 2020, there was a reckoning, and the state/corporate managers won it. Seemingly out of nowhere, liberty as we have long known it was gone. Back in 2005, I first came across a Bush administration scheme, an early draft of the above, that would have ended freedom as we know it. It was a scheme for combating the bird flu, which officials back then imagined would involve universal quarantines, business and event closures, travel restrictions, and more. I wrote: “Even if the flu does come, and taxpayers have coughed up, the government will surely have a ball imposing travel restrictions, shutting down schools and businesses, quarantining cities, and banning public gatherings…It is a serious matter when the government purports to plan to abolish all liberty and nationalize all economic life and put every business under the control of the military, especially in the name of a bug that seems largely restricted to the bird population. Perhaps we should pay more attention. Perhaps such plans for the total state ought to even ruffle our feathers a bit.” For years I wrote about this topic, trying to get others interested. It was all there in black and white. At the drop of a hat, under the guise of a pandemic that only state managers can declare, real or drummed up, freedom itself could be abolished. These plans were never legislated, debated, or publicly discussed. They were simply posted as the result of various consultations with experts, who worked out their totalitarian fantasies as if scripting a Hollywood film. The 2007 blueprint is more explicit than anything I’ve seen. It comes from the National Infrastructure Advisory Council, which “includes executive leaders from the private sector and state/local government who advise the White House on how to reduce physical and cyber risks and improve the security and resilience of the nation’s critical infrastructure sectors. The NIAC is administered on behalf of the President in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act under the authority of the Secretary of the US Department of Homeland Security.” And who sat on this committee in 2007 that decided that governments “may close schools and non-essential businesses”? Let us see. Mr. Edmund G. Archuleta, General Manager, El Paso Water Utilities Mr. Alfred R. Berkeley III, Chairman and CEO, Pipeline Trading Group, LLC, and former President and Vice Chairman of NASDAQ Chief Rebecca F. Denlinger, Fire Chief, Cobb County (Ga.) Fire and Emergency Services Chief Gilbert G. Gallegos, Police Chief (ret.), City of Albuquerque, N.M. Police Department Ms. Martha H. Marsh, President and CEO, Stanford Hospital and Clinics Mr. James B. Nicholson, President and CEO, PVS Chemical, Inc. Mr. Erle A. Nye, Chairman Emeritus, TXU Corp., NIAC Chairman Mr. Bruce A. Rohde, Chairman and CEO Emeritus, ConAgra Foods, Inc. Mr. John W. Thompson, Chairman and CEO, Symantec Corporation Mr. Brent Baglien, ConAgra Foods, Inc. Mr. David Barron, Bell South Mr. Dan Bart, TIA Mr. Scott Blanchette, Healthways Ms. Donna Burns, Georgia Emergency Management Agency Mr. Rob Clyde, Symantec Corporation Mr. Scott Culp, Microsoft Mr. Clay Detlefsen, International Dairy Foods Association Mr. Dave Engaldo, The Options Clearing Corporation Ms. Courtenay Enright, Symantec Corporation Mr. Gary Gardner, American Gas Association Mr. Bob Garfield, American Frozen Foods Institute Ms. Joan Gehrke, PVS Chemical, Inc. Ms. Sarah Gordon, Symantec Mr. Mike Hickey, Verizon Mr. Ron Hicks, Anadarko Petroleum Corporation Mr. George Hender, The Options Clearing Corporation Mr. James Hunter, City of Albuquerque, NM Emergency Management Mr. Stan Johnson, North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC) Mr. David Jones, El Paso Corporation Inspector Jay Kopstein, Operations Division, New York City Police Department (NYPD) Ms. Tiffany Jones, Symantec Corporation Mr. Bruce Larson, American Water Mr. Charlie Lathram, Business Executives for National Security (BENS)/BellSouth Mr. Turner Madden, Madden & Patton Chief Mary Beth Michos, Prince William County (Va.) Fire and Rescue Mr. Bill Muston, TXU Corp. Mr. Vijay Nilekani, Nuclear Energy Institute Mr. Phil Reitinger, Microsoft Mr. Rob Rolfsen, Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Tim Roxey, Constellation Ms. Charyl Sarber, Symantec Mr. Lyman Shaffer, Pacific Gas and Electric, Ms. Diane VanDeHei, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA) Ms. Susan Vismor, Mellon Financial Corporation Mr. Ken Watson, Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Greg Wells, Southwest Airlines Mr. Gino Zucca, Cisco Systems, Inc. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Resources Dr. Bruce Gellin, Rockefeller Foundation Dr. Mary Mazanec Dr. Stuart Nightingale, CDC Ms. Julie Schafer Dr. Ben Schwartz, CDC Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Resources Mr. James Caverly, Director, Infrastructure Partnerships Division Ms. Nancy Wong, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO) Ms. Jenny Menna, NIAC Designated Federal Officer (DFO) Dr. Til Jolly Mr. Jon MacLaren Ms. Laverne Madison Ms. Kathie McCracken Mr. Bucky Owens Mr. Dale Brown, Contractor Mr. John Dragseth, IP attorney, Contractor Mr. Jeff Green, Contractor Mr. Tim McCabe, Contractor Mr. William B. Anderson, ITS America Mr. Michael Arceneaux, Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA) Mr. Chad Callaghan, Marriott Corporation Mr. Ted Cromwell, American Chemistry Council (ACC) Ms. Jeanne Dumas, American Trucking Association (ATA) Ms. Joan Harris, US Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary Mr. Greg Hull, American Public Transportation Association Mr. Joe LaRocca, National Retail Federation Mr. Jack McKlveen, United Parcel Service (UPS) Ms. Beth Montgomery, Wal-Mart Dr. J. Patrick O’Neal, Georgia Office of EMS/Trauma/EP Mr. Roger Platt, The Real Estate Roundtable Mr. Martin Rojas, American Trucking Association (ATA) Mr. Timothy Sargent, Senior Chief, Economic Analysis and Forecasting Division, Economic and Fiscal Policy Branch, Finance Canada In other words, big everything: food, energy, retail, computers, water, and you name it. It’s a corporatist dream team. Consider ConAgra itself. What is that? It is Banquet, Chef Boyardee, Healthy Choice, Orville Redenbacher’s, Reddi-Wip, Slim Jim, Hunt’s Peter Pan Egg Beaters, Hebrew National, Marie Callender’s, P.F. Chang’s, Ranch Style Beans, Ro*Tel, Wolf Brand Chili, Angie’s, Duke’s, Gardein, Frontera, Bertolli, among many other seemingly independent brands that are all actually one company. Now, ask yourself: why might all these companies favor a plan for lockdowns? Why might WalMart, for example? It stands to reason. Lockdowns are a massive interference with competitive capitalism. They provide the best possible subsidy to big business while shutting down independent small businesses and putting them at a huge disadvantage once the opening up happens. In other words, it is an industrial racket, very much akin to interwar-style fascism, a corporatist combination of big business and big government. Throw pharma into the mix and you see exactly what came to pass in 2020, which amounted to the largest transfer of wealth from small and medium-sized business plus the middle class to wealthy industrialists in the history of humanity. The document is open even about managing information flows: “The public and private sectors should align their communications, exercises, investments, and support activities absolutely with both the plan and priorities during a pandemic influenza event. Continue data gathering, analysis, reporting, and open review.” There is nothing in any of this that fits with any Western tradition of law and liberty. Nothing. It was never approved by any democratic means. It was never part of any political campaign. It has never been the subject of any serious media examination. No think tank has ever pushed back on such plans in any systematic way. The last serious attempt to debunk this whole apparatus was from D.H. Henderson in 2006. His two co-authors on that paper eventually came around to going along with lockdowns of 2020. Henderson died in 2016. One of the co-authors of the original article told me that if Dr. Henderson had been around, instead of Dr. Fauci, the lockdowns would never have taken place. Here we are four years following the deployment of this lockdown machinery, and we are witness to what it destroys. It would be nice to say that the entire apparatus and theory behind it have been fully discredited. But that is not correct. All the plans are still in place. There have been no changes in federal law. Not one effort has been made to dismantle the corporatist/biosecurity planning state that made all this possible. Every bit of it is in place for the next go-around. Much of the authority for this whole coup traces to the Public Health Services Act of 1944, which was passed in wartime. For the first time in US history, it gave the federal government the power to quarantine. Even when the Biden administration was looking for some basis to justify its transportation mask mandate, it fell back to this one piece of legislation. If anyone really wants to get to the root of this problem, there are decisive steps that need to be taken. The indemnification of pharma from liability for harm needs to be repealed. The court precedent of forced shots in Jacobson needs to be overthrown. But even more fundamentally, the quarantine power itself has to go, and that means the full repeal of the Public Health Services Act of 1944. That is the root of the problem. Freedom will not be safe until it is uprooted. As it stands right now, everything that unfolded in 2020 and 2021 can happen again. Indeed, the plans are in place for exactly that. Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author. Author Jeffrey Tucker is Founder, Author, and President at Brownstone Institute. He is also Senior Economics Columnist for Epoch Times, author of 10 books, including Life After Lockdown, and many thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture. View all posts https://brownstone.org/articles/the-pandemic-excuse-for-a-corporatist-coup/
    0 Comments 0 Shares 904 Views 2
  • https://rumble.com/v4ve9rw-open-your-third-eye-experience-psychic-abilities-and-manifest-wealth-in-as-.html
    #Psychic #pinealgland #healthy #health
    https://rumble.com/v4ve9rw-open-your-third-eye-experience-psychic-abilities-and-manifest-wealth-in-as-.html #Psychic #pinealgland #healthy #health
    0 Comments 0 Shares 133 Views
  • https://rumble.com/v418c77-unleash-your-inner-wealth-with-billionaire-brain-wave-review.html
    #brain #Health
    https://rumble.com/v418c77-unleash-your-inner-wealth-with-billionaire-brain-wave-review.html #brain #Health
    0 Comments 0 Shares 88 Views
  • World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?

    Anthony Colpo

    The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd.

    It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago.

    Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines

    A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback."

    Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers.

    BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website.


    "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants."

    She continues:

    "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added)

    She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines."

    As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said.

    Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks.

    Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said.

    Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans."

    It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here).

    It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there!

    And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality.

    None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs.

    With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity.

    An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure.

    "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers."


    Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information.

    The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx:

    When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you.


    So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling?

    Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish?

    With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were.

    Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers

    On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.'

    Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland.

    Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer.

    Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact.

    The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular.

    The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection.

    The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines.

    Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews.

    When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged.

    Myocarditis and Pericarditis

    Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots.

    The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively.

    The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out.

    Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death.

    Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated.

    The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively.

    Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist.

    Blood Clots in the Brain

    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead.

    Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose.

    Nuking the Nervous System

    The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.'

    An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot.

    Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue.

    Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.

    Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass.

    If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years.

    In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively.

    Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations."


    Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination.

    Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate.

    The Current Excess Mortality Situation

    Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout.

    Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example.

    During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II.

    As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight.

    Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination."

    The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way.

    Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry?

    The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022.

    Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection?

    If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does.

    Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline.

    The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline.

    Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline.

    Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average.

    In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group.

    Male Privilege™, baby!

    We Are The World, We Are The Prey

    Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight.

    The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure.

    Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19.

    The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million.

    The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively.


    This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality.

    For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity.

    I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science.

    The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud.

    I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic.

    Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny.

    Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause

    None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents.

    Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles.


    Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality.

    Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem.

    Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim.

    They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct.

    Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth.

    Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil.

    Share


    *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are:

    A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.'

    A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are:

    "acute onset of fever AND cough";

    OR

    "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia."

    All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds).

    A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test!

    I need a drink.

    https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/worlds-biggest-study-on-covid-vaccine?triedRedirect=true
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published. 'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)? Anthony Colpo The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd. It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago. Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback." Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers. BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website. "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants." She continues: "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added) She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said. Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks. Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said. Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans." It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here). It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there! And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality. None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs. With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity. An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure. "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers." Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information. The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx: When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you. So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling? Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish? With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were. Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.' Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland. Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer. Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact. The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular. The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection. The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines. Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews. When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged. Myocarditis and Pericarditis Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots. The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively. The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out. Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death. Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated. The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively. Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist. Blood Clots in the Brain Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead. Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose. Nuking the Nervous System The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.' An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot. Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue. Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction. Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass. If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years. In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively. Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations." Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination. Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate. The Current Excess Mortality Situation Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout. Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example. During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II. As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight. Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination." The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way. Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry? The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022. Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection? If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does. Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline. The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline. Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline. Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average. In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group. Male Privilege™, baby! We Are The World, We Are The Prey Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight. The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure. Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19. The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million. The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively. This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality. For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity. I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science. The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud. I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic. Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny. Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents. Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles. Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality. Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem. Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim. They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct. Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth. Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil. Share *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are: A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.' A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are: "acute onset of fever AND cough"; OR "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia." All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds). A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test! I need a drink. https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/worlds-biggest-study-on-covid-vaccine?triedRedirect=true
    ANTHONYCOLPO.SUBSTACK.COM
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?
    0 Comments 0 Shares 5235 Views
  • World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?

    Anthony Colpo

    The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd.

    It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago.

    Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines

    A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback."

    Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers.

    BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website.


    "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants."

    She continues:

    "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added)

    She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines."

    As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said.

    Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks.

    Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said.

    Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans."

    It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here).

    It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there!

    And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality.

    None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs.

    With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity.

    An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure.

    "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers."


    Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information.

    The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx:

    When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you.


    So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling?

    Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish?

    With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were.

    Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers

    On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.'

    Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland.

    Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer.

    Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact.

    The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular.

    The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection.

    The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines.

    Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews.

    When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged.

    Myocarditis and Pericarditis

    Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots.

    The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively.

    The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out.

    Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death.

    Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated.

    The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively.

    Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist.

    Blood Clots in the Brain

    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead.

    Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose.

    Nuking the Nervous System

    The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.'

    An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot.

    Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue.

    Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.

    Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass.

    If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years.

    In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively.

    Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations."


    Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination.

    Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate.

    The Current Excess Mortality Situation

    Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout.

    Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example.

    During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II.

    As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight.

    Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination."

    The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way.

    Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry?

    The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022.

    Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection?

    If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does.

    Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline.

    The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline.

    Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline.

    Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average.

    In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group.

    Male Privilege™, baby!

    We Are The World, We Are The Prey

    Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight.

    The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure.

    Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19.

    The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million.

    The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively.


    This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality.

    For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity.

    I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science.

    The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud.

    I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic.

    Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny.

    Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause

    None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents.

    Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles.


    Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality.

    Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem.

    Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim.

    They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct.

    Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth.

    Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil.

    Share


    *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are:

    A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.'

    A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are:

    "acute onset of fever AND cough";

    OR

    "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia."

    All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds).

    A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test!

    I need a drink.

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-142231776
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published. 'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)? Anthony Colpo The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd. It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago. Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback." Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers. BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website. "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants." She continues: "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added) She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said. Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks. Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said. Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans." It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here). It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there! And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality. None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs. With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity. An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure. "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers." Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information. The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx: When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you. So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling? Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish? With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were. Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.' Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland. Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer. Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact. The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular. The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection. The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines. Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews. When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged. Myocarditis and Pericarditis Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots. The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively. The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out. Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death. Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated. The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively. Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist. Blood Clots in the Brain Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead. Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose. Nuking the Nervous System The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.' An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot. Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue. Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction. Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass. If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years. In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively. Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations." Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination. Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate. The Current Excess Mortality Situation Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout. Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example. During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II. As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight. Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination." The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way. Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry? The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022. Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection? If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does. Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline. The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline. Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline. Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average. In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group. Male Privilege™, baby! We Are The World, We Are The Prey Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight. The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure. Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19. The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million. The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively. This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality. For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity. I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science. The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud. I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic. Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny. Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents. Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles. Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality. Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem. Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim. They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct. Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth. Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil. Share *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are: A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.' A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are: "acute onset of fever AND cough"; OR "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia." All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds). A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test! I need a drink. https://substack.com/home/post/p-142231776
    SUBSTACK.COM
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?
    0 Comments 0 Shares 4754 Views
  • Australian Hospital Lets 17 Year Old Girl Die Because She Wouldn't Take COVID Vaxxxine
    Involuntary euthanasia is still alive and well Down Under.

    Anthony Colpo

    The beautiful young lady you see above was Dazelle Peters, 17, of New South Wales, who refused to take the toxic and deadly COVID gene therapies masquerading as ‘vaccines.’

    Dazelle died in hospital on Monday, June 10, 2024 after a four-year battle with leukemia - and after she was refused a lung transplant by Australia’s callous health system.

    Whatever chance Dazelle had of surviving was scuttled by St Vincent’s Hospital in Sydney, who stated their “policies and guidelines wouldn’t support transplantation” of anyone who was unvaxxxinated.

    “Vaccination status against various infections is a critical part of this assessment in order to ensure optimal prospects of survival post-transplant.”

    St Vincent’s claimed other considerations were at play in Dazelle’s case, but confirmed not being vaxxxinated was one of them.

    After her bone marrow transplant, Dazelle suffered from graft-versus-host disease, where her body's immune system attacked the donor's blood cells. Dazelle was also battling a rare type of pneumonia.

    The hospital says being immunocompromised could further complicate a transplant procedure.

    Dazelle’s heartbreaking story is not unique in Auschtralia.

    No Jab, No Heart Transplant

    Melbourne mum Vicki Derderian was refused a heart transplant because she hadn’t received the COVID gene therapies – even though she had an exemption.

    Vicki’s heart failed in 2020, forcing her to rely on a ventricular assist device to keep blood pumping around her body.

    The mum of two, who insisted she was not an anti-vaxxer, had to “think twice” about the vaccine because of her heart condition. After the vaxxxines notched up a solid track record of causing myocarditis and pericarditis, she deemed them too risky.

    She slammed Victoria's Department of Health and Human Services for denying her the lifesaving surgery, saying she’d effectively been told “no jab, no heart”.


    Vicki Derderian in hospital.
    On Channel 9’s Today Show, former Deputy Chief Heath Officer, Dr Nick “Captain Botox” Coatsworth, claimed he empathized with Vicki’s case, but he “stands by the rules.”

    Aussie bureaucrats love standing by the rules, no matter how stupid and unjust those rules may be - after all, they need something to help them stand upright given their complete lack of spine, and they desperately need guidelines to mindlessly follow in the face of zero courage and critical thinking skills.

    “From a transplant physicians point of view … the biggest risk to you when we hit your immune system like that if you get COVID-19 without having the vaccine, then there's a really significant risk that you'll die and that organ will die with you,” the clueless Coatsworth told the Today Show.

    “And we don't want that to happen to you and we certainly don't want it to happen to the family whose made that sacred donation. So it is such a complex area. I don't envy your decision, but I do stand by the rules of the transplant physicians have made here.”

    Today Show host Karl Stefanovic interjected.

    “So Nick, doctors are now deciding not to treat someone because of the chance of getting COVID-19 in a hospital, are we stopping treating people now?”

    “On the contrary Karl,” Coatsworth retorted. “This is an active treatment decision by the medical community. This hasn't changed during COVID-19.”

    Today Show host Karl Stefanovic crosses his arms as he questions Dr Nick Coatsworth
    Karl Stefanovic questioned Nick Coatsworth about the controversial decision. Source: Today Show
    “I know there's a lot of greys in Covid-19 Karl, a lot of greys … This is black and white. Unfortunately, we have to try and convince people like Vicki and John, we've got to do our best to convince them. If we fail ultimately that means the organ isn't transplanted.”

    He urged Vicki to reconsider getting the vaccine, falsely claiming the risk of complications from the cardiotoxic gene therapies was “very, very small compared to everything that you've been through so far.”

    “But from my heart, I hope that you will be able to work with them and perhaps receive that vaccine. If I was in your position I'd receive it because I think it's the safest thing to do. I think it's the safest thing to do. I know you don't agree with me. I respect that decision. But please, please reconsider.”

    Vicki stood her ground and said if she were to contract COVID, there are treatments available to deal with it.

    According to Vicki, prior to the COVID vaxxx rollout Melbourne’s Alfred Hospital “were positive and indicated that I would be a suitable candidate for a heart transplant.”

    That suddenly changed after the poison darts were unleashed.

    “Despite no Government mandates for transplant patients and the Alfred’s own hospital policy (that says it does not discriminate between the vaccinated and unvaccinated) the Alfred Heart Centre team made it clear to me by September 2021 that I would not receive a heart, unless I get the Covid-19 vaccination.”

    Follow the Science: Why Nick Coatsworth, St Vincent’s and the Alfred are Spewing Utter Hogwash

    Nick Coatsworth and the aforementioned hospitals are all spouting utter nonsense.

    Vicki was originally diagnosed in 2015 with myocarditis which progressed to cardiomyopathy. The causal connection between the COVID gene therapies and myocarditis is now well-established. Even the Australian government’s best efforts at weasel-wording (“Not all cases that occur after vaccination are caused by the vaccine”) acknowledges that most cases of myocarditis occurring after vaxxxination are caused by the vaxxx.

    So what Coatsworth was saying, with a shamelessly straight face, is that taking a drug known to increase the risk of myocarditis and sudden death is “the safest thing” Vicki can do and that it poses a “very, very small” risk to her.

    How do you sleep at night, Nick?

    The vaxxxines are undeniably toxic and potentially deadly. So if vaxxxination status is going to be a factor in determining who gets a transplant, Dazelle and Vicki should by all rights have received preferential treatment.

    In the clinical trial for the Pfizer vaxxxine, more people died in the vaxxx group than in the control group. And that was despite ample evidence of Pfizer’s renowned corruption and concerted efforts to hide adverse vaxxx events.

    Here is NSW Health’s December 31, 2022 update on 'COVID' hospitalizations and deaths in Australia’s most populous state. The figures for those who had zero clot shots are highlighted in yellow, near the bottom:


    Zero hospitalizations, zero ICU admissions, and only 6 fatalities (6.3%) among the unvaxxxinated that NSW Health could reclassify as ‘COVID’ deaths.

    Which is no doubt why NSW Health no longer provides a breakdown of deaths by vaxxx status. It’s a bit hard to keep claiming the vaxxx saves lives when the data shows otherwise.

    Surprise, Surprise: The Vaxxxines Cause Organ Rejection

    Among the 1,200+ side effects and 42,086 adverse events reported to Pfizer in the first two months of its vaxxxine rollout was “Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.”

    Probably not a good drug to be giving to someone suffering organ failure.

    I’m not sure if Coatsworth reads journals, or whether his idea of medical research is reading cosmetic clinic brochures, but numerous case studies have been published indicating the vaxxxines increase the risk of organ rejection.

    A case study published in April of 2022 revealed some lung transplant patients who had received mRNA COVID vaxxxines ended up developing “new and significant respiratory compromise after their second vaccine dose consistent with antibody mediated rejection.” All patients were female, 50-70 years old, between 6 months and 2 years post-transplant. None had suffered previous rejection episodes. However, two were hospitalized with hypoxic respiratory failure within 2 weeks of their second vaxxxine dose. The third was seen at clinic for milder similar symptoms, later deteriorating and requiring supplemental oxygen and hospitalization. One of these patients did not recover their lung function and was re-listed for transplant.

    Japanese researchers analysed eighteen lung transplant recipients who received 2 doses of either the Pfizer (17) or Moderna (1) gene therapies between June and October 2021. None of the recipients had a 'Sars-Cov-2' infection prior to vaxxxination. Antibodies for the mythical Sars-Cov-2 spike protein were measured, and were detected in 2 of 18 patients after the first dose, and 5 patients after the second dose. The two patients who suffered chronic lung allograft dysfunction or antibody-mediated injection were both seropositive. The researchers concluded, “We experienced cases that developed clinical CLAD or AMR that was likely related to SARS-CoV-2 vaccination.”

    In an August 21, 2021 NEJM letter, French researchers reported on transplant patients who had received three doses of the Pfizer gene therapy. Over three quarters of the patients had kidney transplants. They claimed there were no serious adverse events among the patients, but the study’s appendix reveals 10 patients who were seropositive before the third dose presented with fatigue and myalgia, while five patients presented transient fever.

    Once again, there is no evidence COVID vaxxxination helps transplant patients; the research so far indicates the exact opposite.

    The no vaxxx, no transplant rule has nothing to do with patient welfare. It is designed to punish and eliminate those who refuse to be injected with the globalist kill shots.

    The Hypocrite Oath: First, Do Harm to Dissidents

    Dazelle's father, Josh Peters, who has also shunned the toxic COVID shots, said a surgeon told his daughter if she did not get the jabs and then caught the virus she would be a “major threat to everyone (in the hospital) who has done the right thing.”

    Mindlessly obeying a bunch of globalist-controlled deviants when they tell you to take poisonous substances is never the “right thing.”

    “The way he made us feel was that they didn't want to give her the lung transplant,” Josh told Daily Mail Australia.

    Josh said during a May 9 consultation at St Vincent's the surgeon said the hospital would give the lungs to a better candidate because Dazelle was a “complex case.”

    Josh insisted his family did everything to make Dazelle a suitable candidate for a transplant, except get the four gene therapy shots which would have taken nine months to administer.

    'Vaccines are only a small part of the process to get a lung transplant," Josh said.

    "They are a Catholic hospital. They have all taken an oath to help people and take care of people and do the right thing by people."

    "Who deems that she doesn't deserve a chance over anybody else?"

    "This is no game. This child is f***ing sick man," said Josh while Dazelle was still fighting for her life.

    Josh said doctors told them Dazelle always “gets the worst of the worst of side effects,” and this strengthened her resolve not to get the shots.

    “That's another reason she personally, not us, doesn't want to get the shots. Her heart's not good, her kidney's not good, her liver's not good, she's a mess,” he said.

    Josh rejected the label he and his family were 'anti-vaxxers.'

    "Our children have had every single vaccination that they are meant to have," he said.

    "We even got the flu shots right up until Covid started hitting."

    Before her diagnosis, Josh said she was "a very, very healthy energetic child."

    "She was right into her sport, everybody loved her, lots of friends. Before she got sick she had barely taken a Panadol in her life."

    "Just a down-to-earth kid. We never had any problems, everyone loved her."

    Dazelle was lucky to pull through her May 2021 bone marrow transplant.

    "After the operation she became unresponsive and slipped into a coma," Josh said.

    "Why would you deny her a lung transplant when she has fought so hard to get where she is?"

    "Dazelle has been on her deathbed and been given the gift of a second chance. She's a special child."


    Dazelle's case was brought to the attention of the Federal Assistant Health Minister Ged Kearney in a letter addressed to her by outspoken Liberal MP Russell Broadbent.

    Kearney advised "the Australian Government is unable to intervene in clinical decisions."

    Translated: "The Australian government only acts in the interests of itself, its corporate benefactors, and its globalist masters. The general public can go f**k itself!"

    The Australian Government was more than able to declare a tyrannical health 'emergency' over a non-existent virus whose alleged victims in fact lived past the average life expectancy.

    It was able to slam the nation's borders shut and turn the entire country back into an open air prison for over 2 years. It was more than happy to stop people returning or leaving the country in order to see dying loved ones.

    The Australian government was quite capable of ordering 150 million doses of COVID vaxxxines - including 54 million doses of the ill-fated Oxford-AstraZeneca clot shot - for a country whose population was yet to crack 26 million. This indicates the Australian grubberment knew well ahead of time the vaxxxine regimen was not really a 2-shot deal, but an ongoing multi-injection ruse comprised of endless ‘boosters.’

    It had the power to mandate that anyone testing positive for the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 via the highly flawed PCR tests had to sit in isolation for five days, even if entirely asymptomatic.

    Yet we are now supposed to believe the Australian federal government is powerless to lean on a hospital when it imposes a cruel and utterly anti-scientific ban on transplants for sick and vulnerable constituents who refuse to get the poison prick?

    Bullshit.

    Funny how both the hopelessly corrupt federal and state governments only apply this strict, by-the-book interpretation of law when it suits them. They routinely award lucrative contracts to favored suppliers, who deliberately overcharge for their services on the behind-the-scenes agreement that much of the excess will be ‘donated’ back to the ruling party or issued in the form of hard-to-trace ‘gifts’ to individual politicians and their families.

    In this manner, Australian taxpayer funds are routinely converted to private wealth for politicians and high-ranking bureaucrats.

    Dazelle Passes Away

    Dazelle passed away just under a fortnight ago, on June 10, 2024, leaving family and friends heartbroken.

    Josh confirmed the terribly sad news in an video uploaded to several social media platforms.

    He thanked everyone who sent messages of support to Dazelle during her lengthy cancer fight, sparking an outpouring of tributes.

    “Just know that Dazelle knew how much you all loved her,” he said.

    “This kid was something special and she deserved better.”

    Hundreds of people took to social media to remember Dazelle and express their sympathy.

    Among those touched by Dazelle’s plight was Australian pro boxer George Kambosos Jr, who met Dazelle in hospital and shared an emotional post on X.

    “RIP, beautiful Dazelle. My deepest condolences to her family. Heaven gained a beautiful angel. Dazelle, you'll never be forgotten, an inspiration to everyone you ever met. God bless your parents, that were by your side when you finally spread your wings. Life can be cruel,” he wrote.


    Two brave fighters meet.
    The (Shit)Show Goes On

    While Dazelle's family and friends grieve her cruel passing, and while Vicki’s time is running out, the plastic-looking Coatsworth has left politics and is now enjoying TV celebrity status, reaping the financial and publicity rewards of appearing in a new Channel 9 reality series titled "Do You Want To Live Forever?"

    I get the feeling Coatsworth doesn't want any of us anti-vaxxxers to live another day, let alone forever.


    The clueless Nick Coatsworth, now laughably starring in an Australian reality TV show that promises to help participants live longer.
    A GoFundMe to help Dazelle’s family pay for her funeral costs can be found here:

    Help Support Dazelle’s Family With Funeral Costs

    If you wish to help Vicki Derderian out with her medical expenses, her DonorBox fundraiser can be found here:

    HEART4VICKI

    Share

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-145883037
    Australian Hospital Lets 17 Year Old Girl Die Because She Wouldn't Take COVID Vaxxxine Involuntary euthanasia is still alive and well Down Under. Anthony Colpo The beautiful young lady you see above was Dazelle Peters, 17, of New South Wales, who refused to take the toxic and deadly COVID gene therapies masquerading as ‘vaccines.’ Dazelle died in hospital on Monday, June 10, 2024 after a four-year battle with leukemia - and after she was refused a lung transplant by Australia’s callous health system. Whatever chance Dazelle had of surviving was scuttled by St Vincent’s Hospital in Sydney, who stated their “policies and guidelines wouldn’t support transplantation” of anyone who was unvaxxxinated. “Vaccination status against various infections is a critical part of this assessment in order to ensure optimal prospects of survival post-transplant.” St Vincent’s claimed other considerations were at play in Dazelle’s case, but confirmed not being vaxxxinated was one of them. After her bone marrow transplant, Dazelle suffered from graft-versus-host disease, where her body's immune system attacked the donor's blood cells. Dazelle was also battling a rare type of pneumonia. The hospital says being immunocompromised could further complicate a transplant procedure. Dazelle’s heartbreaking story is not unique in Auschtralia. No Jab, No Heart Transplant Melbourne mum Vicki Derderian was refused a heart transplant because she hadn’t received the COVID gene therapies – even though she had an exemption. Vicki’s heart failed in 2020, forcing her to rely on a ventricular assist device to keep blood pumping around her body. The mum of two, who insisted she was not an anti-vaxxer, had to “think twice” about the vaccine because of her heart condition. After the vaxxxines notched up a solid track record of causing myocarditis and pericarditis, she deemed them too risky. She slammed Victoria's Department of Health and Human Services for denying her the lifesaving surgery, saying she’d effectively been told “no jab, no heart”. Vicki Derderian in hospital. On Channel 9’s Today Show, former Deputy Chief Heath Officer, Dr Nick “Captain Botox” Coatsworth, claimed he empathized with Vicki’s case, but he “stands by the rules.” Aussie bureaucrats love standing by the rules, no matter how stupid and unjust those rules may be - after all, they need something to help them stand upright given their complete lack of spine, and they desperately need guidelines to mindlessly follow in the face of zero courage and critical thinking skills. “From a transplant physicians point of view … the biggest risk to you when we hit your immune system like that if you get COVID-19 without having the vaccine, then there's a really significant risk that you'll die and that organ will die with you,” the clueless Coatsworth told the Today Show. “And we don't want that to happen to you and we certainly don't want it to happen to the family whose made that sacred donation. So it is such a complex area. I don't envy your decision, but I do stand by the rules of the transplant physicians have made here.” Today Show host Karl Stefanovic interjected. “So Nick, doctors are now deciding not to treat someone because of the chance of getting COVID-19 in a hospital, are we stopping treating people now?” “On the contrary Karl,” Coatsworth retorted. “This is an active treatment decision by the medical community. This hasn't changed during COVID-19.” Today Show host Karl Stefanovic crosses his arms as he questions Dr Nick Coatsworth Karl Stefanovic questioned Nick Coatsworth about the controversial decision. Source: Today Show “I know there's a lot of greys in Covid-19 Karl, a lot of greys … This is black and white. Unfortunately, we have to try and convince people like Vicki and John, we've got to do our best to convince them. If we fail ultimately that means the organ isn't transplanted.” He urged Vicki to reconsider getting the vaccine, falsely claiming the risk of complications from the cardiotoxic gene therapies was “very, very small compared to everything that you've been through so far.” “But from my heart, I hope that you will be able to work with them and perhaps receive that vaccine. If I was in your position I'd receive it because I think it's the safest thing to do. I think it's the safest thing to do. I know you don't agree with me. I respect that decision. But please, please reconsider.” Vicki stood her ground and said if she were to contract COVID, there are treatments available to deal with it. According to Vicki, prior to the COVID vaxxx rollout Melbourne’s Alfred Hospital “were positive and indicated that I would be a suitable candidate for a heart transplant.” That suddenly changed after the poison darts were unleashed. “Despite no Government mandates for transplant patients and the Alfred’s own hospital policy (that says it does not discriminate between the vaccinated and unvaccinated) the Alfred Heart Centre team made it clear to me by September 2021 that I would not receive a heart, unless I get the Covid-19 vaccination.” Follow the Science: Why Nick Coatsworth, St Vincent’s and the Alfred are Spewing Utter Hogwash Nick Coatsworth and the aforementioned hospitals are all spouting utter nonsense. Vicki was originally diagnosed in 2015 with myocarditis which progressed to cardiomyopathy. The causal connection between the COVID gene therapies and myocarditis is now well-established. Even the Australian government’s best efforts at weasel-wording (“Not all cases that occur after vaccination are caused by the vaccine”) acknowledges that most cases of myocarditis occurring after vaxxxination are caused by the vaxxx. So what Coatsworth was saying, with a shamelessly straight face, is that taking a drug known to increase the risk of myocarditis and sudden death is “the safest thing” Vicki can do and that it poses a “very, very small” risk to her. How do you sleep at night, Nick? The vaxxxines are undeniably toxic and potentially deadly. So if vaxxxination status is going to be a factor in determining who gets a transplant, Dazelle and Vicki should by all rights have received preferential treatment. In the clinical trial for the Pfizer vaxxxine, more people died in the vaxxx group than in the control group. And that was despite ample evidence of Pfizer’s renowned corruption and concerted efforts to hide adverse vaxxx events. Here is NSW Health’s December 31, 2022 update on 'COVID' hospitalizations and deaths in Australia’s most populous state. The figures for those who had zero clot shots are highlighted in yellow, near the bottom: Zero hospitalizations, zero ICU admissions, and only 6 fatalities (6.3%) among the unvaxxxinated that NSW Health could reclassify as ‘COVID’ deaths. Which is no doubt why NSW Health no longer provides a breakdown of deaths by vaxxx status. It’s a bit hard to keep claiming the vaxxx saves lives when the data shows otherwise. Surprise, Surprise: The Vaxxxines Cause Organ Rejection Among the 1,200+ side effects and 42,086 adverse events reported to Pfizer in the first two months of its vaxxxine rollout was “Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.” Probably not a good drug to be giving to someone suffering organ failure. I’m not sure if Coatsworth reads journals, or whether his idea of medical research is reading cosmetic clinic brochures, but numerous case studies have been published indicating the vaxxxines increase the risk of organ rejection. A case study published in April of 2022 revealed some lung transplant patients who had received mRNA COVID vaxxxines ended up developing “new and significant respiratory compromise after their second vaccine dose consistent with antibody mediated rejection.” All patients were female, 50-70 years old, between 6 months and 2 years post-transplant. None had suffered previous rejection episodes. However, two were hospitalized with hypoxic respiratory failure within 2 weeks of their second vaxxxine dose. The third was seen at clinic for milder similar symptoms, later deteriorating and requiring supplemental oxygen and hospitalization. One of these patients did not recover their lung function and was re-listed for transplant. Japanese researchers analysed eighteen lung transplant recipients who received 2 doses of either the Pfizer (17) or Moderna (1) gene therapies between June and October 2021. None of the recipients had a 'Sars-Cov-2' infection prior to vaxxxination. Antibodies for the mythical Sars-Cov-2 spike protein were measured, and were detected in 2 of 18 patients after the first dose, and 5 patients after the second dose. The two patients who suffered chronic lung allograft dysfunction or antibody-mediated injection were both seropositive. The researchers concluded, “We experienced cases that developed clinical CLAD or AMR that was likely related to SARS-CoV-2 vaccination.” In an August 21, 2021 NEJM letter, French researchers reported on transplant patients who had received three doses of the Pfizer gene therapy. Over three quarters of the patients had kidney transplants. They claimed there were no serious adverse events among the patients, but the study’s appendix reveals 10 patients who were seropositive before the third dose presented with fatigue and myalgia, while five patients presented transient fever. Once again, there is no evidence COVID vaxxxination helps transplant patients; the research so far indicates the exact opposite. The no vaxxx, no transplant rule has nothing to do with patient welfare. It is designed to punish and eliminate those who refuse to be injected with the globalist kill shots. The Hypocrite Oath: First, Do Harm to Dissidents Dazelle's father, Josh Peters, who has also shunned the toxic COVID shots, said a surgeon told his daughter if she did not get the jabs and then caught the virus she would be a “major threat to everyone (in the hospital) who has done the right thing.” Mindlessly obeying a bunch of globalist-controlled deviants when they tell you to take poisonous substances is never the “right thing.” “The way he made us feel was that they didn't want to give her the lung transplant,” Josh told Daily Mail Australia. Josh said during a May 9 consultation at St Vincent's the surgeon said the hospital would give the lungs to a better candidate because Dazelle was a “complex case.” Josh insisted his family did everything to make Dazelle a suitable candidate for a transplant, except get the four gene therapy shots which would have taken nine months to administer. 'Vaccines are only a small part of the process to get a lung transplant," Josh said. "They are a Catholic hospital. They have all taken an oath to help people and take care of people and do the right thing by people." "Who deems that she doesn't deserve a chance over anybody else?" "This is no game. This child is f***ing sick man," said Josh while Dazelle was still fighting for her life. Josh said doctors told them Dazelle always “gets the worst of the worst of side effects,” and this strengthened her resolve not to get the shots. “That's another reason she personally, not us, doesn't want to get the shots. Her heart's not good, her kidney's not good, her liver's not good, she's a mess,” he said. Josh rejected the label he and his family were 'anti-vaxxers.' "Our children have had every single vaccination that they are meant to have," he said. "We even got the flu shots right up until Covid started hitting." Before her diagnosis, Josh said she was "a very, very healthy energetic child." "She was right into her sport, everybody loved her, lots of friends. Before she got sick she had barely taken a Panadol in her life." "Just a down-to-earth kid. We never had any problems, everyone loved her." Dazelle was lucky to pull through her May 2021 bone marrow transplant. "After the operation she became unresponsive and slipped into a coma," Josh said. "Why would you deny her a lung transplant when she has fought so hard to get where she is?" "Dazelle has been on her deathbed and been given the gift of a second chance. She's a special child." Dazelle's case was brought to the attention of the Federal Assistant Health Minister Ged Kearney in a letter addressed to her by outspoken Liberal MP Russell Broadbent. Kearney advised "the Australian Government is unable to intervene in clinical decisions." Translated: "The Australian government only acts in the interests of itself, its corporate benefactors, and its globalist masters. The general public can go f**k itself!" The Australian Government was more than able to declare a tyrannical health 'emergency' over a non-existent virus whose alleged victims in fact lived past the average life expectancy. It was able to slam the nation's borders shut and turn the entire country back into an open air prison for over 2 years. It was more than happy to stop people returning or leaving the country in order to see dying loved ones. The Australian government was quite capable of ordering 150 million doses of COVID vaxxxines - including 54 million doses of the ill-fated Oxford-AstraZeneca clot shot - for a country whose population was yet to crack 26 million. This indicates the Australian grubberment knew well ahead of time the vaxxxine regimen was not really a 2-shot deal, but an ongoing multi-injection ruse comprised of endless ‘boosters.’ It had the power to mandate that anyone testing positive for the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 via the highly flawed PCR tests had to sit in isolation for five days, even if entirely asymptomatic. Yet we are now supposed to believe the Australian federal government is powerless to lean on a hospital when it imposes a cruel and utterly anti-scientific ban on transplants for sick and vulnerable constituents who refuse to get the poison prick? Bullshit. Funny how both the hopelessly corrupt federal and state governments only apply this strict, by-the-book interpretation of law when it suits them. They routinely award lucrative contracts to favored suppliers, who deliberately overcharge for their services on the behind-the-scenes agreement that much of the excess will be ‘donated’ back to the ruling party or issued in the form of hard-to-trace ‘gifts’ to individual politicians and their families. In this manner, Australian taxpayer funds are routinely converted to private wealth for politicians and high-ranking bureaucrats. Dazelle Passes Away Dazelle passed away just under a fortnight ago, on June 10, 2024, leaving family and friends heartbroken. Josh confirmed the terribly sad news in an video uploaded to several social media platforms. He thanked everyone who sent messages of support to Dazelle during her lengthy cancer fight, sparking an outpouring of tributes. “Just know that Dazelle knew how much you all loved her,” he said. “This kid was something special and she deserved better.” Hundreds of people took to social media to remember Dazelle and express their sympathy. Among those touched by Dazelle’s plight was Australian pro boxer George Kambosos Jr, who met Dazelle in hospital and shared an emotional post on X. “RIP, beautiful Dazelle. My deepest condolences to her family. Heaven gained a beautiful angel. Dazelle, you'll never be forgotten, an inspiration to everyone you ever met. God bless your parents, that were by your side when you finally spread your wings. Life can be cruel,” he wrote. Two brave fighters meet. The (Shit)Show Goes On While Dazelle's family and friends grieve her cruel passing, and while Vicki’s time is running out, the plastic-looking Coatsworth has left politics and is now enjoying TV celebrity status, reaping the financial and publicity rewards of appearing in a new Channel 9 reality series titled "Do You Want To Live Forever?" I get the feeling Coatsworth doesn't want any of us anti-vaxxxers to live another day, let alone forever. The clueless Nick Coatsworth, now laughably starring in an Australian reality TV show that promises to help participants live longer. A GoFundMe to help Dazelle’s family pay for her funeral costs can be found here: Help Support Dazelle’s Family With Funeral Costs If you wish to help Vicki Derderian out with her medical expenses, her DonorBox fundraiser can be found here: HEART4VICKI Share https://substack.com/home/post/p-145883037
    0 Comments 0 Shares 5064 Views
  • Maxwell Yearick Was Under FBI Radar Before He Shot Trump
    admin
    Who is Maxwell Yearick
    Maxwell Yearick, 30, of Perry South, who pleaded guilty in connection with a police altercation during an anti-Trump protest almost a year ago, had been sentenced to three to 12 months in the Allegheny County Jail.

    Maxwell Yearick is the shooter who shot Trump. Former President Donald Trump was injured in a shooting incident at his campaign rally in Butler, Pennsylvania on Saturday, July 13, 2024.

    Donald Trump Shooter
    Many months ago, Maxwell Yearick was reportedly involved in a violent Antifa protest in Seattle, that involved by clashes with law enforcement and property damage. He reportedly organised 500 protestors to the event.

    As a result of the his actions, Pittsburgh Police Detective Sourouth Chatterji suffered minor injuries and Pittsburgh Police Detective Michele Auge suffered a torn bicep resulting in surgery and six months off of work

    Maxwell Yearick Dead Body
    Who is Maxwell Yearick?

    Suspect Identified Maxwell Yearick
    Age 30 Years
    Height 5′ 11′ (185 m)
    Weapon Remington 700
    Voted For Hillary Clinton and Joe Biden
    ilhan omar worth
    Ilhan Omar is a Rich Somalian with $16 Million Wealth


    Maxwell Yearick Trump Shooter
    Troubles with Law Enforcement

    When he was 17 years old, Maxwell Yearick’s woes began with a burglary at a convenience store, where surveillance footage allegedly showed him stealing cash and merchandise.

    Pittsburgh, PA (Police Brutality Protest): Yearick joined a rally condemning police brutality, advocating for systemic reforms. He assaulted a police officer and a elderly women who had MAGA sticker on her car.

    Washington, D.C. (Anti-Trump March): During a large-scale protest against then-President Donald Trump, Yearick voiced opposition to administration policies.

    Portland, OR (Civil Rights Demonstration): Yearick participated in a march advocating for civil rights, amidst escalating tensions with counter-protesters.

    Seattle, WA (Anti-Racism Rally): At a rally against racial injustice, Yearick’s presence underscored solidarity with marginalized communities. However, reports say he tried to sexually assault a girl wearing red shirt.

    Minneapolis, MN (George Floyd Protests): Yearick joined demonstrations demanding justice for George Floyd, amid incidents of property damage by rioters.

    Chicago, IL (Anti-ICE Protest): Yearick protested against ICE policies, reflecting widespread concerns over immigration enforcement.

    New York City, NY (Environmental Activism): Engaging in environmental activism, Yearick highlighted climate change issues during a peaceful protest.

    Los Angeles, CA (Women’s Rights March): Yearick supported women’s rights at a march advocating for gender equality and reproductive rights. This is time when he threatened Trump.

    Atlanta, GA (Voting Rights Demonstration): Maxwell Yearick participated in a protest emphasizing voting rights and access to democratic processes.

    Boston, MA (Anti-White Supremacy Rally): Yearick attended a rally denouncing white supremacy, amidst clashes leading to property damage and arrests.

    IMPORTANT NOTICE: THE CONTENT IN THIS ARTICLE HAS BEEN SOURCED FROM VARIOUS SOCIAL MEDIA ACCOUNTS AND INFORMATION SUBMITTED BY ANONYMOUS SOURCES. WE ARE NOT LIABLE FOR ANY INACCURACIES.


    https://www.caclubindia.com/assets/maxwell-yearick/
    Maxwell Yearick Was Under FBI Radar Before He Shot Trump admin Who is Maxwell Yearick Maxwell Yearick, 30, of Perry South, who pleaded guilty in connection with a police altercation during an anti-Trump protest almost a year ago, had been sentenced to three to 12 months in the Allegheny County Jail. Maxwell Yearick is the shooter who shot Trump. Former President Donald Trump was injured in a shooting incident at his campaign rally in Butler, Pennsylvania on Saturday, July 13, 2024. Donald Trump Shooter Many months ago, Maxwell Yearick was reportedly involved in a violent Antifa protest in Seattle, that involved by clashes with law enforcement and property damage. He reportedly organised 500 protestors to the event. As a result of the his actions, Pittsburgh Police Detective Sourouth Chatterji suffered minor injuries and Pittsburgh Police Detective Michele Auge suffered a torn bicep resulting in surgery and six months off of work Maxwell Yearick Dead Body Who is Maxwell Yearick? Suspect Identified Maxwell Yearick Age 30 Years Height 5′ 11′ (185 m) Weapon Remington 700 Voted For Hillary Clinton and Joe Biden ilhan omar worth Ilhan Omar is a Rich Somalian with $16 Million Wealth Maxwell Yearick Trump Shooter Troubles with Law Enforcement When he was 17 years old, Maxwell Yearick’s woes began with a burglary at a convenience store, where surveillance footage allegedly showed him stealing cash and merchandise. Pittsburgh, PA (Police Brutality Protest): Yearick joined a rally condemning police brutality, advocating for systemic reforms. He assaulted a police officer and a elderly women who had MAGA sticker on her car. Washington, D.C. (Anti-Trump March): During a large-scale protest against then-President Donald Trump, Yearick voiced opposition to administration policies. Portland, OR (Civil Rights Demonstration): Yearick participated in a march advocating for civil rights, amidst escalating tensions with counter-protesters. Seattle, WA (Anti-Racism Rally): At a rally against racial injustice, Yearick’s presence underscored solidarity with marginalized communities. However, reports say he tried to sexually assault a girl wearing red shirt. Minneapolis, MN (George Floyd Protests): Yearick joined demonstrations demanding justice for George Floyd, amid incidents of property damage by rioters. Chicago, IL (Anti-ICE Protest): Yearick protested against ICE policies, reflecting widespread concerns over immigration enforcement. New York City, NY (Environmental Activism): Engaging in environmental activism, Yearick highlighted climate change issues during a peaceful protest. Los Angeles, CA (Women’s Rights March): Yearick supported women’s rights at a march advocating for gender equality and reproductive rights. This is time when he threatened Trump. Atlanta, GA (Voting Rights Demonstration): Maxwell Yearick participated in a protest emphasizing voting rights and access to democratic processes. Boston, MA (Anti-White Supremacy Rally): Yearick attended a rally denouncing white supremacy, amidst clashes leading to property damage and arrests. IMPORTANT NOTICE: THE CONTENT IN THIS ARTICLE HAS BEEN SOURCED FROM VARIOUS SOCIAL MEDIA ACCOUNTS AND INFORMATION SUBMITTED BY ANONYMOUS SOURCES. WE ARE NOT LIABLE FOR ANY INACCURACIES. https://www.caclubindia.com/assets/maxwell-yearick/
    WWW.CACLUBINDIA.COM
    Maxwell Yearick Was Under FBI Radar Before He Shot Trump
    Maxwell Yearick, 30, of Perry South, who pleaded guilty in connection with a police altercation during an anti-Trump protest almost a year ago, had been sentenced to three to 12 months in...
    0 Comments 0 Shares 1470 Views
  • Ex-employee of businessman linked to $3b money laundering case exposes boss’ excesses

    Su Binghai's home in Jalan Asuhan features a KTV lounge, arcade game machines, a dedicated massage room, and 10 large safes. PHOTOS: ST READER
    SINGAPORE – Just hours after police raided several luxury homes across Singapore on Aug 15, 2023, a white Toyota Alphard drove past a good class bungalow (GCB) in Third Avenue.

    Through darkened windows, the wealthy businessman passenger peered at the hive of activity taking place at the property leased by Su Jianfeng.

    The passenger, Mr Su Binghai, was curious. He had received information that his friend Su Jianfeng and several others he knew were being arrested.

    Worried that he would be next, he told his driver to head back to the GCB he was renting in Jalan Asuhan, off Adam Road.

    During the 10-minute drive, he called a number of people in Indonesia, Malaysia and Dubai, where he owns two properties worth a combined $1.2 million.

    Once he arrived home, he told his wife, Ms Wang Manzu, that they had to leave Singapore. He dumped between 20 and 30 Patek Philippe watches into his bags, and took as much money as he could carry.

    He then left Singapore just hours after his friends were apprehended in what was to become Singapore’s largest money laundering case.

    Ms Wang left Singapore the next day on Aug 16, 2023. Their three children, aged 11 to 15, along with Mr Su’s parents, who were living with them, left Singapore within the next two months.

    Mr Su is now a person of interest to the police and a fugitive. He is one of 17 people said to be responsible for $2.1 billion of the $3 billion seized in the case.

    Weeks after the raids, officers from the Commercial Affairs Department turned up at Mr Su’s home and forced open more than 10 safes and several locked rooms.

    They took away a number of items, and served prohibition of disposal orders for others, including his fleet of luxury cars.

    The Straits Times was given an insight into his last hours in Singapore and his opulent lifestyle after one of his nine employees made contact.

    The employee said he suspected the man he referred to as “laoban” (“boss” in Mandarin) and “Su Zong” (“director Su” in Mandarin) was involved in the case.

    Out of concern for his safety, he is being identified as Dave and not by his real name.


    https://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/ex-employee-of-businessman-linked-to-3b-money-laundering-case-exposes-boss-excesses
    Ex-employee of businessman linked to $3b money laundering case exposes boss’ excesses Su Binghai's home in Jalan Asuhan features a KTV lounge, arcade game machines, a dedicated massage room, and 10 large safes. PHOTOS: ST READER SINGAPORE – Just hours after police raided several luxury homes across Singapore on Aug 15, 2023, a white Toyota Alphard drove past a good class bungalow (GCB) in Third Avenue. Through darkened windows, the wealthy businessman passenger peered at the hive of activity taking place at the property leased by Su Jianfeng. The passenger, Mr Su Binghai, was curious. He had received information that his friend Su Jianfeng and several others he knew were being arrested. Worried that he would be next, he told his driver to head back to the GCB he was renting in Jalan Asuhan, off Adam Road. During the 10-minute drive, he called a number of people in Indonesia, Malaysia and Dubai, where he owns two properties worth a combined $1.2 million. Once he arrived home, he told his wife, Ms Wang Manzu, that they had to leave Singapore. He dumped between 20 and 30 Patek Philippe watches into his bags, and took as much money as he could carry. He then left Singapore just hours after his friends were apprehended in what was to become Singapore’s largest money laundering case. Ms Wang left Singapore the next day on Aug 16, 2023. Their three children, aged 11 to 15, along with Mr Su’s parents, who were living with them, left Singapore within the next two months. Mr Su is now a person of interest to the police and a fugitive. He is one of 17 people said to be responsible for $2.1 billion of the $3 billion seized in the case. Weeks after the raids, officers from the Commercial Affairs Department turned up at Mr Su’s home and forced open more than 10 safes and several locked rooms. They took away a number of items, and served prohibition of disposal orders for others, including his fleet of luxury cars. The Straits Times was given an insight into his last hours in Singapore and his opulent lifestyle after one of his nine employees made contact. The employee said he suspected the man he referred to as “laoban” (“boss” in Mandarin) and “Su Zong” (“director Su” in Mandarin) was involved in the case. Out of concern for his safety, he is being identified as Dave and not by his real name. https://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/ex-employee-of-businessman-linked-to-3b-money-laundering-case-exposes-boss-excesses
    WWW.STRAITSTIMES.COM
    Ex-employee of businessman linked to $3b money laundering case exposes boss’ excesses
    Su Binghai and his wife had the exclusive American Express Centurion card, better known as the "Black Card". Read more at straitstimes.com.
    0 Comments 0 Shares 1454 Views
  • Vegetarianism/Veganism is a Globalist Trojan Horse With No Scientific Backing
    Here's what happens when you remove studies conducted by biased religious zealots from vegetarian research.

    Anthony Colpo

    The globalists are using a number of Trojan horses to advance their agendas of population control and "global governance" (the sanitized UN term for worldwide tyranny).

    Among these Trojan Horses are fake pandemics, climate change and "plant-based" eating, which is the PR-friendly term for vegetarianism and its histrionic offshoot, veganism.

    The monumental irony with the climate change and plant-based diet phenomena is that believers typically consider themselves not only to be enlightened, but sticking it to the man/corporatism/fascism/etc.

    The reality is they are being played like puppets by the very forces they think they're rebelling against. Individuals militantly pushing these paradigms, along with all those who became zealous Covidiots during the fake pandemic, are a modern-day embodiment of the "useful idiot."

    That derogatory term came into widespread use during the Cold War era to describe non-communists that fell for communist propaganda and psychological manipulation.

    Mariam-Webster defines "useful idiot" as "a naive or credulous person who can be manipulated or exploited to advance a cause or political agenda."

    The Cambridge Dictionary defines a useful idiot as "a person who is easy to persuade to do, say, or believe things that help a particular group or another person politically."

    Follow the Science - Not the Manipulative Propaganda

    In yet another shining testament to human gullibility, millions of people have been convinced that nature's most nutrient-dense and evolutionary-correct food - meat - is in fact bad for humans. They have been further conned that avoiding this incredibly healthful food will prevent disease and extend longevity. They have even been convinced that avoiding a food hominids have been eating with great success for over 2.5 million years will somehow make us more peaceful and spiritually elevated beings.

    The latter argument can easily be dismissed with a few choice names: Adolf Hitler (vegetarian and infamous megalomaniac), Harley "Durianrider" Johnstone (raw vegan and psychopath/narcissist/fraudster/stalker/cyberbully/alleged sex predator/utter scumbag), and Dan Hoyt (vegan restauranteur to the stars and serial public masturbator).

    The alleged health benefits of meatless malnutrition, in contrast, are given credence by a facade of 'science'. Most of this pseudoscience takes the form of epidemiological prospective and cross-sectional studies in which the vegetarian participants allegedly experienced superior health outcomes over time when compared to non-vegetarian subjects.

    Most of this epidemiological pseudoscience emanates from two sources:

    1) Loma Linda University, which is run by the Seventh-day Adventist religion, whose 'prophetess' Ellen G White espoused a vegetarian diet, and;

    2) Oxford University, home to the Oxford Vegetarians, whose members' names feature on many pro-vegetarian 'studies' (Timothy Key and Paul Appleby are two prominent examples). By the way, another infamous Oxford alumni is Peter Singer, the 'bioethicist' (a term used to describe people with incredibly twisted, anti-human ethics) who has waxed much lyrical about animal welfare yet sees nothing wrong with bestiality or pedophilia.

    The studies pumped out by these entities are heavily-biased, confounder-prone and easily-debunked garbage that I've dismantled numerous times over the years.

    However, it's always nice to see published confirmation of what I've been saying all along.

    In 2014, the International Journal of Cardiology published a systematic review and meta-analysis you almost certainly haven't heard about because it doesn't support the globalist anti-meat agenda.

    Authored by UK researchers not from Oxford, it featured a pooled analysis of eight studies encompassing 183,321 participants. Six were prospective cohort studies and 2 were observational cohort studies "where it was not clear if their design was prospective or retrospective," which should give you some idea of the quality of research used to prop up "plant-based" eating. One of those studies involved Japanese monks, the other SDAs in the Netherlands. Neither featured a non-vegetarian 'control' sample within the same population; instead, these studies simply used standardized mortality rates for the surrounding population.

    Adjustment for confounders was poor. Six studies adjusted for potential confounders, while the use of adjustment was not clear in the two aforementioned studies. Only two studies adjusted for BMI, and five adjusted for smoking status.

    True adherence to vegetarian or non-vegetarian diets in these studies is unknown, as some involved a single questionnaire administered at the start of the study.

    The results?

    All-cause mortality: Three of 8 studies involved Seventh-day Adventist cohorts. All three Adventist cohorts demonstrated significant associations between vegetarian diet and reduced all-cause mortality, whereas the 4 non-Adventist studies examining all-cause death did not show any mortality reduction in vegetarians.

    Ischaemic heart disease or cardiac adverse events: Two of the 3 Adventist cohorts demonstrated significant associations between vegetarian diet and reduced cardiac adverse events, whereas the non-Adventist studies each failed to show any benefit in vegetarians.

    Cerebrovascular disease (stroke): One Adventist cohort showed significant reduction in cerebrovascular events while the other did not; when pooled there was no significant difference. There was no significant difference in cerebrovascular disease in any of the four non-Adventist studies.

    The authors concluded: "Data from observational studies indicates that there is modest cardiovascular benefit, but no clear reduction in overall mortality associated with a vegetarian diet. This evidence of benefit is driven mainly by studies in SDA, whereas the effect of vegetarian diet in other cohorts remains unproven."

    A 2016 meta-analysis of 108 cross-sectional and prospective cohort studies by Italian researchers returned a similar finding.

    Among Adventist vegetarian cohorts, the pooled risk of all-cause mortality was 0.84; among Non-Adventist vegetarians it was 1.04 (less than 1.0 represents reduced risk, greater than 1.0 represents increased risk).

    For Adventist vegetarians, the pooled risk of breast cancer mortality was 0.79; among Non-Adventist vegetarians it was 1.40.

    Among studies rated as medium quality, the all-cause mortality risk for vegetarians was 0.93; in studies rated as high quality, the risk was 1.05.

    So vegetarian diets only show a mortality benefit in lower quality studies involving Seventh-day Adventists.

    Why is that?

    Confounders, my little grasshoppers, confounders.

    SDA members are encouraged to not only avoid meat, but to abstain from smoking, non-medicinal drugs and alcohol, and to have regular exercise, sufficient rest and maintain stable psychosocial relationships.

    As with most religions, adherence to these recommendations varies widely. Researchers have found intensity of religious involvement (e.g. higher church attendance) correlates with lower rates of substance abuse, higher likelihood of marriage and lower rate of divorce, and lower all-cause mortality.

    As the UK researchers noted, "the non-dietary factors (confounders) in SDA lifestyle may be responsible for the risk reduction among the vegetarian studies."

    In other words, the SDA studies are not showing a health benefit of vegetarianism; they are showing a health benefit of religiosity. More devout followers are not just more likely to abstain from meat - they are more likely to abstain from smoking, drugs, overeating and other intemperate lifestyle practices.

    While they are by no means guilt-free entities with exemplary ethics, the fact remains most major religions do feature at least some beneficial lifestyle prescriptions, including temperance, moderation, monogamy/avoidance of promiscuity and charity/community above wealth accumulation/self-aggrandizement.

    Few people want to admit it in this self-entitled, instant gratification-oriented age, but there's a lot to be said for not drinking and eating to excess, not smoking and doing drugs, and not staying out late indiscriminately fighting and fornicating.

    There's also much to be admired about striving to forge stronger family and community bonds instead of trying to outrank other attention-seeking wankers on social media.

    It's sad that humans need theologies to get them to embrace what should be plain commonsense but, hey, we are talking the same species that made crack cocaine and "brown showers" a thing.

    Discussion

    Compassion - which motivates people to relieve the physical and psychological pains of others - is one of the most beautiful and admirable of all feelings.

    It is also one of the most dangerous, because it is so easily manipulated by conniving psychopaths. Witness the ease with which they used the "we're all in this together" lie to con people into readily embracing COVID tyranny. GloboPedo cynically exploits concern for the environment to impose freedom- and economy-destroying regulations on society. The globalists exploit concern for animal welfare to impose harmful dietary recommendations that will ultimately render us sicker and weaker.

    Globalists know full well vegetarianism and veganism are scams. Heck, they are the driving force behind those scams. Their farcical climate change get-togethers feature lavish meat- and dairy-rich dishes.

    The Conference of the Parties (COP) is the unelected "decision-making body responsible for monitoring and reviewing the implementation of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change." Every year, traitors from countries all around the world fly in on gas-guzzling private jets to the host city and pretend to be concerned about the environment, while they get down to the real business of enjoying lavish gala meals and prostitutes at taxpayer expense.

    The menu at the 2021 COP26 in Glasgow was almost 60 per cent meat or dairy dishes. The same crowd that wants you and I to abstain from meat and increase our plant and bug intake dined on such luxuriant items as burgers, venison, beef ramen, haggis, farmed salmon, and Scottish buffalo mozzarella pizza.


    Brought to you by the same evil cretins who insist by 2030 you will own nothing and be happy.
    Globalists don't give two turds about the environment nor animals. Their idea of environmental conservation is getting rid of the rest of us to 'offset' their lavish and environmentally-harmful lifestyles.

    Stop being a useless idiot. Stop succumbing to the patently fraudulent propaganda of megalomaniac psychopaths. Stop unwittingly helping them to enact their agendas. If you want to show compassion for animals, adopt one from a shelter and treat it like the precious gift it is; chances are it will prove to be the best friend you ever had.

    Share

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-144829378
    Vegetarianism/Veganism is a Globalist Trojan Horse With No Scientific Backing Here's what happens when you remove studies conducted by biased religious zealots from vegetarian research. Anthony Colpo The globalists are using a number of Trojan horses to advance their agendas of population control and "global governance" (the sanitized UN term for worldwide tyranny). Among these Trojan Horses are fake pandemics, climate change and "plant-based" eating, which is the PR-friendly term for vegetarianism and its histrionic offshoot, veganism. The monumental irony with the climate change and plant-based diet phenomena is that believers typically consider themselves not only to be enlightened, but sticking it to the man/corporatism/fascism/etc. The reality is they are being played like puppets by the very forces they think they're rebelling against. Individuals militantly pushing these paradigms, along with all those who became zealous Covidiots during the fake pandemic, are a modern-day embodiment of the "useful idiot." That derogatory term came into widespread use during the Cold War era to describe non-communists that fell for communist propaganda and psychological manipulation. Mariam-Webster defines "useful idiot" as "a naive or credulous person who can be manipulated or exploited to advance a cause or political agenda." The Cambridge Dictionary defines a useful idiot as "a person who is easy to persuade to do, say, or believe things that help a particular group or another person politically." Follow the Science - Not the Manipulative Propaganda In yet another shining testament to human gullibility, millions of people have been convinced that nature's most nutrient-dense and evolutionary-correct food - meat - is in fact bad for humans. They have been further conned that avoiding this incredibly healthful food will prevent disease and extend longevity. They have even been convinced that avoiding a food hominids have been eating with great success for over 2.5 million years will somehow make us more peaceful and spiritually elevated beings. The latter argument can easily be dismissed with a few choice names: Adolf Hitler (vegetarian and infamous megalomaniac), Harley "Durianrider" Johnstone (raw vegan and psychopath/narcissist/fraudster/stalker/cyberbully/alleged sex predator/utter scumbag), and Dan Hoyt (vegan restauranteur to the stars and serial public masturbator). The alleged health benefits of meatless malnutrition, in contrast, are given credence by a facade of 'science'. Most of this pseudoscience takes the form of epidemiological prospective and cross-sectional studies in which the vegetarian participants allegedly experienced superior health outcomes over time when compared to non-vegetarian subjects. Most of this epidemiological pseudoscience emanates from two sources: 1) Loma Linda University, which is run by the Seventh-day Adventist religion, whose 'prophetess' Ellen G White espoused a vegetarian diet, and; 2) Oxford University, home to the Oxford Vegetarians, whose members' names feature on many pro-vegetarian 'studies' (Timothy Key and Paul Appleby are two prominent examples). By the way, another infamous Oxford alumni is Peter Singer, the 'bioethicist' (a term used to describe people with incredibly twisted, anti-human ethics) who has waxed much lyrical about animal welfare yet sees nothing wrong with bestiality or pedophilia. The studies pumped out by these entities are heavily-biased, confounder-prone and easily-debunked garbage that I've dismantled numerous times over the years. However, it's always nice to see published confirmation of what I've been saying all along. In 2014, the International Journal of Cardiology published a systematic review and meta-analysis you almost certainly haven't heard about because it doesn't support the globalist anti-meat agenda. Authored by UK researchers not from Oxford, it featured a pooled analysis of eight studies encompassing 183,321 participants. Six were prospective cohort studies and 2 were observational cohort studies "where it was not clear if their design was prospective or retrospective," which should give you some idea of the quality of research used to prop up "plant-based" eating. One of those studies involved Japanese monks, the other SDAs in the Netherlands. Neither featured a non-vegetarian 'control' sample within the same population; instead, these studies simply used standardized mortality rates for the surrounding population. Adjustment for confounders was poor. Six studies adjusted for potential confounders, while the use of adjustment was not clear in the two aforementioned studies. Only two studies adjusted for BMI, and five adjusted for smoking status. True adherence to vegetarian or non-vegetarian diets in these studies is unknown, as some involved a single questionnaire administered at the start of the study. The results? All-cause mortality: Three of 8 studies involved Seventh-day Adventist cohorts. All three Adventist cohorts demonstrated significant associations between vegetarian diet and reduced all-cause mortality, whereas the 4 non-Adventist studies examining all-cause death did not show any mortality reduction in vegetarians. Ischaemic heart disease or cardiac adverse events: Two of the 3 Adventist cohorts demonstrated significant associations between vegetarian diet and reduced cardiac adverse events, whereas the non-Adventist studies each failed to show any benefit in vegetarians. Cerebrovascular disease (stroke): One Adventist cohort showed significant reduction in cerebrovascular events while the other did not; when pooled there was no significant difference. There was no significant difference in cerebrovascular disease in any of the four non-Adventist studies. The authors concluded: "Data from observational studies indicates that there is modest cardiovascular benefit, but no clear reduction in overall mortality associated with a vegetarian diet. This evidence of benefit is driven mainly by studies in SDA, whereas the effect of vegetarian diet in other cohorts remains unproven." A 2016 meta-analysis of 108 cross-sectional and prospective cohort studies by Italian researchers returned a similar finding. Among Adventist vegetarian cohorts, the pooled risk of all-cause mortality was 0.84; among Non-Adventist vegetarians it was 1.04 (less than 1.0 represents reduced risk, greater than 1.0 represents increased risk). For Adventist vegetarians, the pooled risk of breast cancer mortality was 0.79; among Non-Adventist vegetarians it was 1.40. Among studies rated as medium quality, the all-cause mortality risk for vegetarians was 0.93; in studies rated as high quality, the risk was 1.05. So vegetarian diets only show a mortality benefit in lower quality studies involving Seventh-day Adventists. Why is that? Confounders, my little grasshoppers, confounders. SDA members are encouraged to not only avoid meat, but to abstain from smoking, non-medicinal drugs and alcohol, and to have regular exercise, sufficient rest and maintain stable psychosocial relationships. As with most religions, adherence to these recommendations varies widely. Researchers have found intensity of religious involvement (e.g. higher church attendance) correlates with lower rates of substance abuse, higher likelihood of marriage and lower rate of divorce, and lower all-cause mortality. As the UK researchers noted, "the non-dietary factors (confounders) in SDA lifestyle may be responsible for the risk reduction among the vegetarian studies." In other words, the SDA studies are not showing a health benefit of vegetarianism; they are showing a health benefit of religiosity. More devout followers are not just more likely to abstain from meat - they are more likely to abstain from smoking, drugs, overeating and other intemperate lifestyle practices. While they are by no means guilt-free entities with exemplary ethics, the fact remains most major religions do feature at least some beneficial lifestyle prescriptions, including temperance, moderation, monogamy/avoidance of promiscuity and charity/community above wealth accumulation/self-aggrandizement. Few people want to admit it in this self-entitled, instant gratification-oriented age, but there's a lot to be said for not drinking and eating to excess, not smoking and doing drugs, and not staying out late indiscriminately fighting and fornicating. There's also much to be admired about striving to forge stronger family and community bonds instead of trying to outrank other attention-seeking wankers on social media. It's sad that humans need theologies to get them to embrace what should be plain commonsense but, hey, we are talking the same species that made crack cocaine and "brown showers" a thing. Discussion Compassion - which motivates people to relieve the physical and psychological pains of others - is one of the most beautiful and admirable of all feelings. It is also one of the most dangerous, because it is so easily manipulated by conniving psychopaths. Witness the ease with which they used the "we're all in this together" lie to con people into readily embracing COVID tyranny. GloboPedo cynically exploits concern for the environment to impose freedom- and economy-destroying regulations on society. The globalists exploit concern for animal welfare to impose harmful dietary recommendations that will ultimately render us sicker and weaker. Globalists know full well vegetarianism and veganism are scams. Heck, they are the driving force behind those scams. Their farcical climate change get-togethers feature lavish meat- and dairy-rich dishes. The Conference of the Parties (COP) is the unelected "decision-making body responsible for monitoring and reviewing the implementation of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change." Every year, traitors from countries all around the world fly in on gas-guzzling private jets to the host city and pretend to be concerned about the environment, while they get down to the real business of enjoying lavish gala meals and prostitutes at taxpayer expense. The menu at the 2021 COP26 in Glasgow was almost 60 per cent meat or dairy dishes. The same crowd that wants you and I to abstain from meat and increase our plant and bug intake dined on such luxuriant items as burgers, venison, beef ramen, haggis, farmed salmon, and Scottish buffalo mozzarella pizza. Brought to you by the same evil cretins who insist by 2030 you will own nothing and be happy. Globalists don't give two turds about the environment nor animals. Their idea of environmental conservation is getting rid of the rest of us to 'offset' their lavish and environmentally-harmful lifestyles. Stop being a useless idiot. Stop succumbing to the patently fraudulent propaganda of megalomaniac psychopaths. Stop unwittingly helping them to enact their agendas. If you want to show compassion for animals, adopt one from a shelter and treat it like the precious gift it is; chances are it will prove to be the best friend you ever had. Share https://substack.com/home/post/p-144829378
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Vegetarianism/Veganism is a Globalist Trojan Horse With No Scientific Backing
    Here's what happens when you remove studies conducted by biased religious zealots from vegetarian research.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 4003 Views
  • Why the Official AIDS Story is a Complete Crock
    The Great Rebranding, 1980s-Style: HIV Was a Sham, Just Like Sars-Cov-2

    Anthony Colpo

    All you youngsters born after the Glomesh era have surely heard of AIDS, but probably have no idea of just how big a deal it was when it burst onto the scene in the early 1980s.

    It was the biggest show in town. Sure, it wasn't as big a deal as what COVID would later be. It wasn't accompanied by 'vaccine' mandates, lockdowns or heavily-armed goons bashing people for sitting peacefully in the park. Instead of masks, there were condoms and paper toilet seat covers. There was no social distancing, only admonitions to avoid unprotected sex and not share needles when shooting up.

    Fauci was there, front and center, but he wasn't telling us to wear two condoms at once. Instead, he was pimping a toxic concoction known as AZT.

    Right off the bat, nothing made sense about the AIDs charade. It does make sense in hindsight if you view it as a giant test run, an exercise in spreading 'virus' hysteria. The HIV/AIDS charade confirmed most people don't ask questions, and those who do can be quickly shouted over and marginalized as "deniers," "conspiracists" and menaces to society. It also confirmed that not only could people be convinced to take toxic drugs in response to an overblown 'pandemic' scare, but they could be manipulated into rabidly demanding their expedited release.

    It was an exercise whose lessons would prove valuable come December 2019.

    AIDS stands for "acquired immunodeficiency syndrome." In other words, you somehow "acquired" an immune system that, like a tired car engine with 300,000 km on the clock, was about to blow its last gasket.

    It was first identified in 1981 in Los Angeles when the CDC reported on five young homosexual men suffering pneumonia caused by a protozoon known as Pneumocystis carinii.

    This microbe is ordinarily innocuous and, in fact, found in nearly all healthy persons. For reasons unknown it had suddenly become lethal - an outcome previously seen only in persons whose immune systems were being undermined by immunosuppressant therapy, cancer, or severe malnourishment.

    This same pneumonia promptly appeared in New York, together with several dozen cases of an unusual skin cancer called Kaposi's Sarcoma which had previously been almost unknown in the US.

    Eventually Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia and Kaposi's Sarcoma were interpreted as secondary manifestations of an underlying immune-system deficiency of unknown origin which was eventually dubbed "acquired immunodeficiency disease syndrome" or AIDS.

    The bodies of AIDS patients seemed to have just given up. Patients suffered severe weight loss and lethargy and were so immune deficient that even a minor infection threatened to kill them.

    The first few thousand cases were found mostly in homosexual males, and the media bombarded us with images of emaciated gay blokes on the verge of death and barely able to sit upright. Initially, the condition was referred to as GRID (gay-related immune deficiency). Outside of scientific circles, it came to be known as the "gay plague" and religious fundamentalists trumpeted the phenomenon as God's revenge on evil sodomites.

    That began to change in 1983, when AIDS was found to affect heterosexual women, which caused the fear porn to increase by an order of magnitude. As with COVID, health authorities treated us to an orgy of fearmongering and doomsday predictions - and the sheeple lapped it up.

    In 1986, Dr. Donald Ian Macdonald, then Acting Assistant Secretary of Health and Human Services, described "the escalating AIDS epidemic" as "staggering," "devastating" and a "huge problem."

    Dr. Halfdan Mahler, Danish physician and head of the World Health Organization, called AIDS "a health disaster of pandemic proportions" and said he could "not imagine a worse health problem in this century."

    "We stand nakedly in front of a very serious pandemic as mortal as any pandemic there ever has been," Mahler bizarrely quipped. Why he would don his birthday suit instead of a Hazmat one in the face of such a mortal pandemic was never explained, but that's globalist bureaucrats for you.

    "I don't know of any greater killer than AIDS, not to speak of its psychological, social and economic maiming," continued Mahler, who after leaving WHO became director of the International Planned Parenthood Federation.

    Not to be outdone, in 1987 Harvard biology professor Stephen Jay Gould, said AIDS was "potentially, the greatest natural tragedy in human history." He warned "AIDS may run through the entire population, and may carry off a quarter or more of us" (in 1987, the world population was just over 5 billion; it now stands at over 8 billion).

    That same year, Gallup asked an open-ended question about what Americans saw as the most urgent health problem facing the US. Despite the fact AIDS has never even come close to being the leading cause of death in the US, more than two-thirds of Americans said AIDS. The disease continued as the top pick until 2000.

    According to Gallop polls conducted in 1987, most Americans (60%) agreed people with AIDS should be made to carry a card noting they had the disease, and one in three (33%) agreed employers should be allowed to fire employees who had AIDS. Twenty-one percent of Americans said people with AIDS should be isolated from the rest of society.

    An earlier LA Times poll from 1985 found more than half of US adults supported quarantining AIDS patients, nearly half would approve of ID cards for those testing positive for "AIDS antibodies," and one in seven favored tattooing those with the disease.

    People never learn.

    A Disease Looking For a Cause

    Authorities had presented us with a new public health scare, but no causal agent. No-one knew what caused the immune systems of AIDS patients to become so deficient.

    Was it a new microbe? A new drug scourge? God's revenge for Abba and Disco Duck?

    No-one knew.

    At least officially.

    In reality, authorities knew damn well what was going on.

    But they didn’t tell us. Instead, they eventually claimed AIDS was the result of a 'novel virus' that, in 1986, was named "human immunodeficiency virus,” or HIV.

    The 'novel virus' paradigm holds that a 'zoonotic' virus wakes up one day, and decides to "jump" from apes/bats/pangolins/garden gnomes to humans. This novel virus then acts like a seventeen year old that has been given the keys to an alcohol-filled mansion while mom and dad head off for a weekend vacation. However, the virus has no friends to party with. So he first has to convert to a 'human' form of the virus, then he has to begin self-replicating in order to build a social circle. Once this is done, the virions party so hard that the host becomes sick. The virions conclude their current host is no fun, so they go looking for a new host to party inside. The process repeats itself, and before you know it, there's a 'pandemic' going on with squillions of little virions pogo-dancing in global synchrony and chanting "the roof, the roof, the roof is on fire!!" while trashing everything in sight.

    Viruses these days, sheesh.

    Setting aside the glaring fallacies of the virus 'isolation' charade, the 'novel virus = pandemic’ theory is an inherent load of cobblers.

    Outbreaks of what look to be infectious illnesses don't just happen for no reason. There has to be some facilitating factor.

    AIDS became a big thing in the early 1980s, and we know that initially, the majority of patients were gay males. African-Americans were also known to be at increased risk.

    Even if butt sex is an especially efficient method of transmitting STDs, it doesn't explain why AIDS became a phenomenon in the 1980s. After all, both sodomy and homosexuality have been around as long as humans have. Heck, even apes have been observed taking rides on the Hershey Highway.

    Which begs the question: What other events with the potential for dire impact on health occurred around the same time as the AIDS outbreak?

    The Other Crack Rears Its Ugly Head

    Thanks in no small part to Uncle Sam and his ability to conveniently look the other way when it suits his financial and geopolitical interests*, the early 1980s saw a massive flood of cocaine into the US, with urban black neighborhoods the worst afflicted.

    So plentiful was the supply of cocaine, drug dealers came up with a way to make it even cheaper and more addictive in order to expand their customer base.

    Freebase is the name given to the original form of smokable coke, which resulted in a more intense high than snorting. While this constituted an obvious selling point, the process for making freebase required ether, making it notoriously volatile and dangerous to produce. In a famed 1980 incident, comedian Richard Pryor suffered severe and life-threatening burns after mixing cocaine with ether at his home; the mixture promptly exploded in his face.

    Freebase cocaine seems to have first surfaced in the US in the mid-1970s. Around 1980, a less volatile but similar process was developed by dealers in which cocaine was dissolved in a solution of water and baking soda and then dried out into "crack rocks." As the rocks are heated, it makes a crackling sound, hence the name.

    As early as 1981, reports of crack appeared in Los Angeles, San Diego, Houston, and in the Caribbean. Its use quickly spread to other major US cities, and by 1987, crack was reportedly available in DC and all but four states in the Union.

    "In some major cities, such as New York, Detroit, and Philadelphia, one dosage unit of crack could be obtained for as little as $2.50," writes the US DEA. "Never before had any form of cocaine been available at such low prices and at such high purity."

    The crack epidemic dramatically increased the number of Americans addicted to cocaine, as well as the number of cocaine-related hospital emergencies. In 1985, cocaine-related hospital emergencies rose by 12 percent, from 23,500 to 26,300. In 1986, these incidents increased 110 percent, from 26,300 to 55,200.

    The crack cocaine explosion, you'll notice, overlaps neatly with the AIDS "explosion."

    The House of Representatives Select Committee on Narcotics Abuse and Control held cocaine hearings in July, October, and November 1980. Dr. Robert Byck, who along with his colleagues conducted the first scientific studies of cocaine plasma levels after coca paste smoking, testified at the hearings. He warned that the heavy use of smokable freebase cocaine, employed by an estimated 10 percent of cocaine users, was about to change. He warned Congress that the US was about to experience the worst epidemic of drug abuse the country had ever seen. Byck predicted the use of smoked cocaine in the 1980s would match the widespread use of "speed" (methamphetamine) in the 1960s. He urged Congress and the National Institute on Drug Abuse to mount an education and prevention campaign to avert this impending epidemic.

    No such campaign was undertaken.

    "The emergence of crack cocaine use in the United States during the mid-1980s was one of the most significant public health problems of that era," note Watkins et al in a 1998 paper. "Crack use contributed to a series of sexually transmitted disease epidemics, to epidemic increases in violent injuries and homicides, and to significant increases in the incidence and prevalence of cocaine addiction. Despite these threats to health and safety, a national public health campaign to counter crack-related morbidity and mortality was never mounted."

    Is that because authorities were already committed to carrying out a manufactured 'HIV' crisis?

    Crack, Risky Sex, and 'HIV'

    A 1994 NEJM article reported an analysis of 1,967 people recruited from inner-city neighborhoods in New York, Miami, and San Francisco. All respondents reported never having injected drugs, however 1,137 were regular smokers of crack. The remaining 830 people reported never having smoked crack.

    The results for crack users weren't pretty.

    Female crack users were 4.1 times more likely to have been raped, and 1.6 times more likely to have had their first vaginal or anal sex encounter before 13 years of age.

    Both male and female crack users reported a higher number of sexual partners than non-users; in the case of women, crack users were 11 times more likely to have had 50 or more sexual partners.

    Crack-smoking women were 13.5 times more likely than nonsmoking women to have engaged in sexual work at any time, and 28.8 times more likely to have engaged in recent, unprotected sex work.

    Male crack smokers, meanwhile, were 3.4 times more likely to report ever having homosexual anal sex, and 23 times more likely to have had 50 or more male anal sex partners.

    Clearly, crack users were significantly more likely to engage in prostitution and risky sexual practices.

    Not surprising then, that female and male crack users had higher historical rates of syphilis (3.5 and 2.2, respectively) and gonorrhea (1.8 and 1.6, respectively).

    When the researchers ran blood tests for current infection, female and male crack users were significantly more likely to test positive for syphilis (2.8 and 1.6, respectively).

    Among the participants in New York and Miami, HIV 'infection' was 2.3 times more prevalent among crack smokers than among nonsmokers (prevalence of HIV antibodies among participants recruited in San Francisco was low).

    Testing positive for ‘HIV antibodies’ was strongly associated with previous or current infection with other STDs.

    A positive reactive syphilis test (adjusted odds ratio, 2.3) and a history of herpes (adjusted odds ratio, 3.6) remained significantly associated with HIV infection after adjustment for high-risk sexual practices and African-American race.

    Other studies found similar results.

    Chiasson and colleagues at the New York City Department of Health examined the link between HIV infection and crack use. Examining patients at an STD clinic in the South Bronx, they found that, among women with no other identified risk (i.e., no injectible drug use), crack use, prostitution, crack-using prostitution and history of syphilis were all found to be risk factors for HIV infection. Among men with no other risk behavior, a history of syphilis was in fact the strongest predictor of HIV infection - greater than crack use and contact with prostitutes.

    In a 1990 paper, Greenspan and Castro note "between 1981 and 1983, the incidence of primary and secondary syphilis in the United States increased 34%, reaching a rate in 1989 (18.4 cases per 100,000 persons) that was higher than at any time since 1949. Between 1985 and 1989, incidence among blacks more than doubled, from 52.5 to 121.8 cases per 100,000; the increase was greater for black women than for black men (176% versus 106%). These trends are markers for the same high-risk sexual practices that promote transmission of HIV."

    So crack, syphilis and ‘HIV’ are closely related. Now let's look at another class of drugs showing a close correlation with pre-existing STDs and ‘HIV.’

    The Popper Phenomenon

    “Poppers” is a slang term for nitrite inhalant drugs (when they were first manufactured, they came in small ampoules that were 'popped' to release fumes). Amyl nitrite was originally developed to treat angina pectoris by dilating blood vessels, allowing the heart to get more oxygen and thereby relieving the pain.

    Arteries are not the only thing poppers help to dilate. Inhaling nitrites relaxes smooth muscles throughout the body - including the sphincter muscles, making it particularly helpful to gay posteriors. Along with facilitating anal sex, the blood vessel-dilating effects of poppers can produce a brief but intense sensation of heat and euphoria lasting 1 or 2 minutes.

    The story of poppers is an interesting one, involving US Vietnam vets, a profiteering Big Pharma and an enabling FDA, a gay medical student and organized criminals.

    The latter two entities sidestepped an eventual prescription requirement for amyl nitrite by creating butyl and isobutyl nitrite - less pure, more toxic, and even faster-acting versions than the original. Further restrictions were averted thanks to an unwritten agreement between producers and the FDA that poppers were only to be advertised in gay-oriented publications, as 'room deodorizers.'

    During the 1970s and early 80s, poppers were advertised heavily in the gay press, and the drugs became an integral part of gay culture. Not only was it routine for patrons at gay nightclubs to freely pass the vials around, some "disco clubs would even add to the general euphoria by occasionally spraying the dance floor with poppers fumes."

    "The miasma of nitrite fumes was taken for granted at gay gathering places: bars, baths, leather clubs," writes John Lauritsen in a 1994 New York Native article. "Some gay men were never without their little bottle, from which they snorted fumes around the clock."

    Throwing caution to the wind when it comes to drugs never ends well. Amyl nitrite was developed for occasional use by angina patients, not as a party drug to be snorted every time one hit the dance floor or engaged in a bout of Jolly Rogering.

    Apart from causing localized damage to nasal membranes, poppers have been linked to anemia, strokes, heart, lung, and brain damage, cardiovascular collapse, and, tellingly, the blood de-oxygenation, thymus atrophy, chronic depletion of T-cell ratio's associated with severe immune dysfunction. The drugs have also been linked to the development of Kaposi's Sarcoma.

    Sounds a lot like AIDS, doesn't it?

    While researchers and the more level-headed of gay advocates warned of the dangers, the FDA continued to look the other way. The gay press, whose advertising revenue relied heavily on popper ads, also willfully turned a blind eye to the dangers.

    In the 1980s, in a lukewarm attempt to be seen to be doing something about the problem, US health officials banned the use of poppers in public places and required merchants to post warnings about their dangers. "The warnings about their use disappeared sometime in the late '80s to early '90s," reports SFGATE, "and no one seems to know why."

    "During the first few years of the AIDS epidemic," writes Ian Young at VirusMyth.org, "poppers came under suspicion as a possible contributing factor. But after 1984, when the Reagan administration pronounced a single retrovirus to be the only cause of the growing list of AIDS illnesses, the health hazards of poppers were dismissed. All attention and funding was directed to HIV."

    Fun fact: Burroughs Wellcome, the original manufacturers of poppers, went on to profit handsomely from the subsequent AIDS hysteria with its highly-toxic 'anti-AIDS' drug AZT.

    History is Made (Up)

    There were major drug scourges afflicting the high-risk gay and African-American communities, drugs whose chronologies overlapped neatly with the AIDS outbreak. Use and abuse of these drugs was well established to cause severe illness, immune dysfunction and was also strongly correlated with pre-existing STDs like syphilis.

    The powers-that-be, however, had already decided the sole cause of AIDs was a 'novel virus.' They just needed to come up with one.

    And so along came the virologists to save the day. Not just any old bunch of virologists, but virologists with friends in high places. In France, this meant Luc Montagnier and his team at the Pasteur Institute, which advises the French government and the World Health Organization (WHO), and maintains a close collaboration with the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

    In the US, it meant sci-bureaucrats from the government's behemoth National Institutes of Health (NIH). One of the key figures was the caustic Robert S Gallo, a researcher at the NIH's National Cancer Institute, where he worked for 30 years mainly as head of the Laboratory of Tumor Cell Biology. Gallo’s career would be dogged by controversy and misconduct allegations, but that’s a whole other article (stay tuned).

    The other career bureaucrat that would play a key role on the US side was none other than Anthony S Fauci, who recently completed a ridiculous 38-year reign as unelected head of the NIH's National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID).

    If you've surmised that, with names like the above, the HIV story must be a real shite show, you are absolutely correct.

    HIV is Invented 'Discovered'

    In 1983, the Pasteur Institute researchers declared they had 'isolated' a 'retrovirus' belonging to the family of T-cell leukemia viruses (HTLV), and concluded it "may be involved in several pathological syndromes, including AIDS." (Bold emphasis added)

    Their isolate came from a promiscuous 33-year-old Caucasian homosexual male referred to as "BRU", who indicated he'd had more than 50 sexual partners per year. Nasty. According to the authors, he displayed "signs and symptoms that often precede the acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)." However, the only symptoms reported for the patient were multiple lymphadenopathies (swollen lymph glands) and asthenia (weakness), which are evident in many conditions aside from AIDS. Neither fever nor recent loss of weight were noted.

    In other words, the patient from whom the alleged AIDS-causing virus was first 'isolated' from did not have an AIDS diagnosis.

    Tellingly, the patient did have a history of several episodes of gonorrhea and had been treated for syphilis in September 1982. Lymphadenopathy is one of the symptoms of both the aforementioned infections.

    The study's lead author was Francoise Barre-Sinoussi, although the finding is routinely credited to the paper's last listed author, the late Montagnier.

    The French study was marred by two key problems. It did not isolate any virus, and it did not show AIDS was caused by any HTLV offshoot.

    Forty years later, little has changed. The terminology and rationalizations have indeed become increasingly complex (as is the case with most elaborate lies), but there is no physical isolate of 'HIV.'

    Virologists and their sycophants, of course, insist this doesn't matter and that their non-purified mixtures are indeed isolates.

    While they condescendingly sneer and dismiss anyone who disputes this as a silly little dumb-dumb that doesn't 'understand' virology, they tend to remain rather quiet on another highly inconvenient observation.

    Namely, there is no proof that whatever is in their ‘isolates’ actually causes AIDS.

    HIV and Sars-Cov-2: The 'Deadly' Viruses That Aren't Deadly

    In the early days of 'COVID', testing positive for the mythical Sars-Cov-2 was considered a death sentence. So much so, that some folks didn't even bother getting their affairs in order; they instead killed themselves.

    Such is the power of all this heinous "deadly virus" bullshit.

    It was the same in the 'HIV' Dark Ages - testing positive was considered a death sentence. When a famous basketballer by the name of Erving “Magic” Johnson announced he was HIV positive in 1991, everyone was shocked. "Now we all know someone with HIV," said someone I can't recall in what was supposed to be a profound, insight-triggering moment.

    Johnson, everyone assumed, was now living on borrowed time.

    Thirty-three years later, Johnson is still alive and wealthy. He attributes his survival to antiretroviral cocktails that have never been shown in clinical studies to benefit survival: GlaxoSmithKline's Trizivir and Abbott's Kaletra. These cocktails are comprised of drugs like AZT which increase the risk of side effects but have never been shown to exert a mortality benefit.

    Johnson, it should be noted, has featured in ads for both products. In 2009, the FDA issued a warning letter to Abbott Laboratories regarding a promotional DVD in which Johnson discussed his experiences with Kaletra. The letter stated the violations were of public health concern "because they suggest that Kaletra is safer and more effective than has been demonstrated by substantial evidence or substantial clinical experience, and encourage use in circumstances other than those for which the drug has been shown to be safe and effective."

    "FDA is not aware of substantial evidence or substantial clinical experience to support effectiveness for five or more years of treatment with Kaletra in treatment-experienced adults. The personal experience of Kaletra patients, such as Magic Johnson, does not constitute such evidence."

    So if overpriced drug cocktails aren't keeping Johnson alive, what explains his survival?

    It's explained by the fact that HIV is a load of bollocks. A shady test that claims you are ‘HIV positive’ does not mean you are in fact harboring a deadly 'virus.'

    If ‘HIV’ was so deadly, then lab animals infected with it would get sick and die.

    But guess what? Administering a so-called isolate of uber-deadly HIV to animals results in ... nothing.

    Stugatz.

    That's right - directly administering the Virus That Causes AIDS™ to animals does not cause AIDS.

    "The only animals susceptible to experimental HIV-1** infection are the chimpanzee, gibbon ape, and rabbit but AIDS-like disease has not yet been reported in these species," lamented the authors of a 1989 FASEB paper.

    Oops.

    I'm guessing those chimps, gibbons and wascawwy wabbits didn't have a history of syphilis, smoking crack or inhaling poppers.

    Experiments in which human volunteers are deliberately 'infected' with the 'HIV isolate' would never get past the ethics committees of most research institutions.

    We do, however, have numerous instances of involuntary infection to give us a guide as to what happens when otherwise low-risk individuals are exposed to 'HIV.'

    In a 1984 NEJM letter, before 'HIV' testing became available, Sloan Kettering researchers reported there had been 27 parenteral exposures by 25 staff to the blood of AIDS patients since August 1982 (24 exposures were via needlestick).

    "All the involved staff are in their usual (generally excellent) state of health," including those who were exposed more than 12 months ago. Blood work was available for 12 staff with exposure more than 6 months prior, and no abnormalities were evident, reported the researchers.

    During 1985–2013, 58 confirmed and 150 possible cases of occupationally acquired HIV infection among healthcare workers were reported to the CDC. Since 1999, only one confirmed case (a laboratory technician sustaining a needle puncture while working with a live HIV culture in 2008) has been reported. There is no mention of subsequent AIDS, something the fear-porn agents at the CDC would surely have mentioned had it occurred.

    Some of you have probably heard of Dr Robert Willner, who twice deliberately pricked himself on TV with blood from 'HIV-positive' men (in Spain 1993, and USA 1994). Willner was an outspoken critic of the HIV hypothesis, having authored a book titled Deadly Deception: The Proof that Sex and HIV Absolutely Do Not Cause AIDS. Depending on who you listen to, Willner died 3 months after his 1994 TV appearance in a car crash, or the following year from a heart attack. Neither outcome is consistent with the oft-cited sequelae of AIDS.

    Jump, Jump, Jump Around

    Despite the fact that it is scientifically untenable, the HIV theory of AIDS still reigns supreme. Which brings us back to the key question: Why did 'HIV' wait until Wham! and Devine hit the charts before it started striking down gay blokes en mass?

    Enter the apes.

    According to Wikipedia, "HIV made the jump from other primates to humans in west-central Africa in the early-to-mid-20th century." (Bold emphasis added)

    Just like Sars-Cov-2 was purported to have kicked off when the allegedly zoonotic virus "jumped" to humans from a bat or pangolin at a Wuhan wet market that did not sell any bats or pangolins.

    Says Wikipedia, "Scientists generally accept that the known strains (or groups) of HIV-1 are most closely related to the simian immunodeficiency viruses (SIVs) endemic in wild ape populations of West Central African forests." (Bold emphasis added).

    "Generally accept" is code for "Scientists have no proof of this, but pretend it's true anyway."

    This brings us to an oft-cited 2011 paper titled "Origins of HIV and the AIDS Pandemic" which repeats the claim that "simian immunodeficiency viruses (SIVs) ... crossed from monkeys to apes and from apes to humans." The paper was authored by Paul Sharp and Beatrice Hahn, the latter a member of Gallo's NCI lab team which she joined in 1982.


    A chimpanzee minding his own business while a Gallo associate who blames apes for spreading HIV to humans (Beatrice Hahn) stares at him from a distance.
    In their paper, the researchers provide a graphic claiming SIV resulting in HIV-1 has been transmitted to humans via chimpanzees and gorillas.

    Hold that thought.

    According to the official narrative, the primary routes of 'HIV' transmission in humans are sexual intercourse with an infected individual, sharing needles with an infected person while taking drugs, transfusions of infected blood, or transmission from an infected pregnant mother to fetus.

    Sharp and Hahn speculate that SIVs first developed in chimpanzees, and were spread among the chimpanzee community primarily through sexual activity, from infected mothers to infants, and "in rare cases, possibly by aggression."

    But how did the disease "jump" from apes to humans? Researchers can't claim humans and apes were shooting up drugs together and sharing needles while doing so, or that apes were administering blood transfusions to humans, because that would be patently absurd.

    Ditto for suggesting apes were passing SIV to humans via birth, because apes don't give birth to humans.

    Claiming that apes transmitted SIV to humans because they were having cross-species sexual encounters would also be a hard sell. Humans are capable of some pretty weird and degenerate behaviour, but good luck pinning down a chimp or gorilla while you attempt to get jiggy with it.


    Meet Bruce. Can bench press you and your extended family with one arm. Incursions into his personal space not advised.
    "How humans acquired the ape precursors of HIV-1 groups M, N, O, and P is not known," write Sharp and Hahn, "however, based on the biology of these viruses, transmission must have occurred through cutaneous or mucous membrane exposure to infected ape blood and/or body fluids. Such exposures occur most commonly in the context of bushmeat hunting." (Bold emphasis added).

    Researchers can't explain exactly how immunodeficiency viruses pole-vaulted from apes to human, so they simply assume it must have happened during hunting expeditions.

    Virologists do a lot of assuming.

    Sharp and Hahn write that the first clue to HIV-1's "sudden emergence, epidemic spread, and unique pathogenicity" came in 1986 when a “morphologically similar but anti-genically distinct” virus was allegedly found to cause AIDS in patients in western Africa.

    Well riddle me this, Batman: Humans have been around for 2.5 million years, and the earliest Homo sapiens were getting around some 300,000 years ago.

    We've been hunting that whole time.

    Furthermore, the advance of agriculture and the steadily declining numbers of hunter-gatherers in modern times would have meant a greatly reduced opportunity for SIV to jump aboard the H-train via scratchy-bitey-fluid-exchangey hunting confrontations.

    Yet immunodeficiency viruses waited until the latter half of the Twentieth Century to successfully make the big cross-species jump?

    What an utter crock.

    Wikipedia admits "How the SIV virus would have transformed into HIV after infection of the hunter or bushmeat handler from the ape/monkey is still a matter of debate."

    Translated: There is no actual scientific evidence to support the claim that, after allegedly entering the human body, ‘SIV’ magically transformed into ‘HIV.’

    The Sodomy Paradox

    There's another problem with the official AIDS narrative which holds that, after catching SIV from apes during hunting mishaps in Africa, it "transformed" into HIV, which hunter-gatherers then spread by doing the backdoor boogie with gay abandon.

    That story further holds that, somewhere along the way, one of these HIV-carrying ape-hunters nailed a gay airline steward from America. Patient Zero then flew back to the US, and began having lots of AIDS-causing unprotected sex in the saunas of San Francisco. Or the gay bars of New York. Or the wet markets of Wisconsin, I'm not sure, all this virus BS gets a bit hard to keep track of after a while.

    It doesn't really matter, because like the rest of the AIDS tale, the gay airline steward story was nonsense. Gaetan Dugas, the French-Canadian flight attendant posthumously labelled 'Patient Zero' and accused of single-handedly igniting the spread of HIV/AIDS across North America, was later exonerated.

    Thanks to the determined sleuthing of Pullitzer Prize-winning reporter John Crewdson, it was known by 1988 that what we now call AIDS was in fact present in America in the 1960s. While the rest of the media was tripping over itself to blame Dugas (“THE MAN WHO GAVE US AIDS” blared the New York Post’s October 6, 1987 headline; “Canadian Said to Have Had Key Role in Spread of AIDS,” wrote the New York Times, while the National Review nicknamed Dugas “the Columbus of AIDS"), Crewdson had discovered a 1973 case report that showed the official Patient Zero story was bollocks.

    That 1973 case report described Robert Rayford, a 15-year-old black lad from St. Louis who had died of AIDS in 1969 - more than a decade before anyone knew what AIDS was. The impoverished teen had presented to hospital in the spring of 1968 with swollen loins covered with open, infected sores. He struggled while breathing, was razor thin and pale as a ghost. Doctors initially suspected cancer, but subsequent tests revealed herpes, genital warts, and a severe case of chlamydia. The infection spread, in the form of purple colored lesions, to his legs, causing a misdiagnosis of lymphedema. He eventually succumbed to his condition in May 1969, leaving doctors baffled.

    The teen, who doctors described as mildly intellectually impaired, said he'd suffered the symptoms for around two years prior to seeking medical help. He denied injury or animal bites, had not travelled outside the midwestern United States, but admitted to "frequent" heterosexual intercourse. His family consented to an autopsy, which revealed "widespread Kaposi's sarcoma of the aggressive, disseminated type." The autopsy also found evidence of anal scarring and a particular kind of lesion no one had identified when Rayford was alive. Some doctors thought the scarring indicated Rayford was gay; others pointed out he may have been sexually abused.

    Struck by how closely Rayford's symptoms resembled those of AIDS, Crewdson flew to St. Louis and found a pathologist willing to dig through laboratory freezers in search of the youth's tissue samples. By using the test 'co-developed' by Gallo and the French, researchers were able to determine that the boy, incredibly, had been infected with 'HIV.'

    The finding was published in JAMA in 1988. However, it was not until 2016 that the fake Dugas tale was officially revoked.

    Had the Rayford story been more widely known, it wouldn’t have been good for HIV business.

    Not to worry, the out-of-Africa hypothesis was salvaged in 1998 when researchers claimed they had detected HIV - by a PCR process involving two rounds of amplification for a combined total of 69 cycles - in a plasma sample obtained in early 1959 from an adult Bantu male, with a sickle-cell trait and a glucose-6-phosphate-dehydrogenase deficiency, living in the Belgian Congo. Two of the researchers announcing this narrative-saving discovery hailed from the Aaron Diamond AIDS Research Center, at Rockefeller University in New York.

    So just like the COVID charade, we have a shamdemic for which the original Patient Zero story was shown to be a bunch of cobblers. Just like the COVID sham, few people noticed or cared and the rest of the AIDS tale continued its relentless march and took on a life of its own.

    Despite more holes than a ... wait, that's dangerous pun territory ... I mean, despite a plethora of discrepancies, the official Fauci-endorsed tale still has HIV migrating from Africa to the US and spread in the early 1980s by blokes bumping uglies in big city gay bars and saunas.

    And Fauci should know, because he went to gay saunas and gay bars himself in the “early stages” of the AIDS “explosion” to get a “feel” for the situation.

    Purely for ‘research’ purposes, of course (wink, wink).

    It's okay Tony, it's 2024, you don't have to cover for your sexuality anymore.


    A young Anthony Fauci displaying his "I've just been to the saunas!" smile. Your tax money at work.
    You could literally fill a book with all the discrepancies contained within the official AIDS story; several authors have already done just that. What I wanted to highlight here are the commonalities between the AIDS and COVID sagas.

    Both featured never-isolated 'viruses' with nonsensical 'Patient Zero' stories.

    ‘Isolates’ of both these ‘deadly’ and ‘novel’ viruses do a whole lot of nothing when administered to our primate cousins.

    Both sagas featured Anthony Fauci, showing up on cue touting the most toxic drug he could get away with recommending.

    Both featured doomsday, end-of-times hyperbole in which testing 'positive' was initially considered a death sentence.

    Both were remarkable demonstrations of how the media and masses could be easily manipulated into accepting a pandemic scare that, upon the most cursory examination, simply didn't add up.


    *During the presidency of former actor Ronald Reagan, senior administration officials secretly — and illegally — arranged for the sale of arms to Iran in return for Iran’s promise to help secure the release of a group of Americans being held hostage in Lebanon.

    Suspiciously, the hostages were formally released into US custody just minutes after Reagan was sworn into office.

    Proceeds from the arms sales were then secretly, and again illegally, funneled to the Contras, a group of rebels fighting the Marxist Sandinista government of Nicaragua.

    Is if that wasn't bad enough, the CIA looked the other way while the Contras trafficked cocaine into the US to help finance their fight to oust the communist Sandinistas. The scandal was exposed in 1996 by the brilliant, Pullitzer Prize-winning journalist Gary Webb while writing for the San Jose Mercury News. His series described a San Francisco Bay Area drug ring that sold tons of cocaine to the Crips and Bloods street gangs of Los Angeles, funelling millions in drug profits to the CIA-assisted Contras. This drug ring "opened the first pipeline between Colombia's cocaine cartels and the black neighborhoods of Los Angeles" and, as a result, "helped spark a crack explosion in urban America."

    His articles caused a proverbial shit-storm, prompting the government to conduct several investigations into itself and declaring itself innocent of all charges. We were supposed to believe it was all just an accidental oversight when even the Kerry report acknowledged "the Contra drug links included", among other connections, "... payments to drug traffickers by the U.S. State Department of funds authorized by the Congress for humanitarian assistance to the Contras, in some cases after the traffickers had been indicted by federal law enforcement agencies on drug charges, in others while traffickers were under active investigation by these same agencies." (Bold emphasis added).

    The Los Angeles Times, New York Times, and Washington Post launched their own 'investigations' (read: hatchet jobs) and rejected Webb's allegations, instead siding with the government - a practice they uphold to this day.

    However, an internal CIA report released in 1998 admitted the CIA ‘overlooked’ or ‘ignored’ reports that the Nicaragua Contra rebels financed their fight to oust the communist Sandinistas through the sale of drugs in the United States.

    **‘HIV-1’ is the form of ‘HIV’ allegedly most common and threatening to humans. According to the official tale, ‘HIV-2’ is rare and of little threat.

    Share

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146567752
    Why the Official AIDS Story is a Complete Crock The Great Rebranding, 1980s-Style: HIV Was a Sham, Just Like Sars-Cov-2 Anthony Colpo All you youngsters born after the Glomesh era have surely heard of AIDS, but probably have no idea of just how big a deal it was when it burst onto the scene in the early 1980s. It was the biggest show in town. Sure, it wasn't as big a deal as what COVID would later be. It wasn't accompanied by 'vaccine' mandates, lockdowns or heavily-armed goons bashing people for sitting peacefully in the park. Instead of masks, there were condoms and paper toilet seat covers. There was no social distancing, only admonitions to avoid unprotected sex and not share needles when shooting up. Fauci was there, front and center, but he wasn't telling us to wear two condoms at once. Instead, he was pimping a toxic concoction known as AZT. Right off the bat, nothing made sense about the AIDs charade. It does make sense in hindsight if you view it as a giant test run, an exercise in spreading 'virus' hysteria. The HIV/AIDS charade confirmed most people don't ask questions, and those who do can be quickly shouted over and marginalized as "deniers," "conspiracists" and menaces to society. It also confirmed that not only could people be convinced to take toxic drugs in response to an overblown 'pandemic' scare, but they could be manipulated into rabidly demanding their expedited release. It was an exercise whose lessons would prove valuable come December 2019. AIDS stands for "acquired immunodeficiency syndrome." In other words, you somehow "acquired" an immune system that, like a tired car engine with 300,000 km on the clock, was about to blow its last gasket. It was first identified in 1981 in Los Angeles when the CDC reported on five young homosexual men suffering pneumonia caused by a protozoon known as Pneumocystis carinii. This microbe is ordinarily innocuous and, in fact, found in nearly all healthy persons. For reasons unknown it had suddenly become lethal - an outcome previously seen only in persons whose immune systems were being undermined by immunosuppressant therapy, cancer, or severe malnourishment. This same pneumonia promptly appeared in New York, together with several dozen cases of an unusual skin cancer called Kaposi's Sarcoma which had previously been almost unknown in the US. Eventually Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia and Kaposi's Sarcoma were interpreted as secondary manifestations of an underlying immune-system deficiency of unknown origin which was eventually dubbed "acquired immunodeficiency disease syndrome" or AIDS. The bodies of AIDS patients seemed to have just given up. Patients suffered severe weight loss and lethargy and were so immune deficient that even a minor infection threatened to kill them. The first few thousand cases were found mostly in homosexual males, and the media bombarded us with images of emaciated gay blokes on the verge of death and barely able to sit upright. Initially, the condition was referred to as GRID (gay-related immune deficiency). Outside of scientific circles, it came to be known as the "gay plague" and religious fundamentalists trumpeted the phenomenon as God's revenge on evil sodomites. That began to change in 1983, when AIDS was found to affect heterosexual women, which caused the fear porn to increase by an order of magnitude. As with COVID, health authorities treated us to an orgy of fearmongering and doomsday predictions - and the sheeple lapped it up. In 1986, Dr. Donald Ian Macdonald, then Acting Assistant Secretary of Health and Human Services, described "the escalating AIDS epidemic" as "staggering," "devastating" and a "huge problem." Dr. Halfdan Mahler, Danish physician and head of the World Health Organization, called AIDS "a health disaster of pandemic proportions" and said he could "not imagine a worse health problem in this century." "We stand nakedly in front of a very serious pandemic as mortal as any pandemic there ever has been," Mahler bizarrely quipped. Why he would don his birthday suit instead of a Hazmat one in the face of such a mortal pandemic was never explained, but that's globalist bureaucrats for you. "I don't know of any greater killer than AIDS, not to speak of its psychological, social and economic maiming," continued Mahler, who after leaving WHO became director of the International Planned Parenthood Federation. Not to be outdone, in 1987 Harvard biology professor Stephen Jay Gould, said AIDS was "potentially, the greatest natural tragedy in human history." He warned "AIDS may run through the entire population, and may carry off a quarter or more of us" (in 1987, the world population was just over 5 billion; it now stands at over 8 billion). That same year, Gallup asked an open-ended question about what Americans saw as the most urgent health problem facing the US. Despite the fact AIDS has never even come close to being the leading cause of death in the US, more than two-thirds of Americans said AIDS. The disease continued as the top pick until 2000. According to Gallop polls conducted in 1987, most Americans (60%) agreed people with AIDS should be made to carry a card noting they had the disease, and one in three (33%) agreed employers should be allowed to fire employees who had AIDS. Twenty-one percent of Americans said people with AIDS should be isolated from the rest of society. An earlier LA Times poll from 1985 found more than half of US adults supported quarantining AIDS patients, nearly half would approve of ID cards for those testing positive for "AIDS antibodies," and one in seven favored tattooing those with the disease. People never learn. A Disease Looking For a Cause Authorities had presented us with a new public health scare, but no causal agent. No-one knew what caused the immune systems of AIDS patients to become so deficient. Was it a new microbe? A new drug scourge? God's revenge for Abba and Disco Duck? No-one knew. At least officially. In reality, authorities knew damn well what was going on. But they didn’t tell us. Instead, they eventually claimed AIDS was the result of a 'novel virus' that, in 1986, was named "human immunodeficiency virus,” or HIV. The 'novel virus' paradigm holds that a 'zoonotic' virus wakes up one day, and decides to "jump" from apes/bats/pangolins/garden gnomes to humans. This novel virus then acts like a seventeen year old that has been given the keys to an alcohol-filled mansion while mom and dad head off for a weekend vacation. However, the virus has no friends to party with. So he first has to convert to a 'human' form of the virus, then he has to begin self-replicating in order to build a social circle. Once this is done, the virions party so hard that the host becomes sick. The virions conclude their current host is no fun, so they go looking for a new host to party inside. The process repeats itself, and before you know it, there's a 'pandemic' going on with squillions of little virions pogo-dancing in global synchrony and chanting "the roof, the roof, the roof is on fire!!" while trashing everything in sight. Viruses these days, sheesh. Setting aside the glaring fallacies of the virus 'isolation' charade, the 'novel virus = pandemic’ theory is an inherent load of cobblers. Outbreaks of what look to be infectious illnesses don't just happen for no reason. There has to be some facilitating factor. AIDS became a big thing in the early 1980s, and we know that initially, the majority of patients were gay males. African-Americans were also known to be at increased risk. Even if butt sex is an especially efficient method of transmitting STDs, it doesn't explain why AIDS became a phenomenon in the 1980s. After all, both sodomy and homosexuality have been around as long as humans have. Heck, even apes have been observed taking rides on the Hershey Highway. Which begs the question: What other events with the potential for dire impact on health occurred around the same time as the AIDS outbreak? The Other Crack Rears Its Ugly Head Thanks in no small part to Uncle Sam and his ability to conveniently look the other way when it suits his financial and geopolitical interests*, the early 1980s saw a massive flood of cocaine into the US, with urban black neighborhoods the worst afflicted. So plentiful was the supply of cocaine, drug dealers came up with a way to make it even cheaper and more addictive in order to expand their customer base. Freebase is the name given to the original form of smokable coke, which resulted in a more intense high than snorting. While this constituted an obvious selling point, the process for making freebase required ether, making it notoriously volatile and dangerous to produce. In a famed 1980 incident, comedian Richard Pryor suffered severe and life-threatening burns after mixing cocaine with ether at his home; the mixture promptly exploded in his face. Freebase cocaine seems to have first surfaced in the US in the mid-1970s. Around 1980, a less volatile but similar process was developed by dealers in which cocaine was dissolved in a solution of water and baking soda and then dried out into "crack rocks." As the rocks are heated, it makes a crackling sound, hence the name. As early as 1981, reports of crack appeared in Los Angeles, San Diego, Houston, and in the Caribbean. Its use quickly spread to other major US cities, and by 1987, crack was reportedly available in DC and all but four states in the Union. "In some major cities, such as New York, Detroit, and Philadelphia, one dosage unit of crack could be obtained for as little as $2.50," writes the US DEA. "Never before had any form of cocaine been available at such low prices and at such high purity." The crack epidemic dramatically increased the number of Americans addicted to cocaine, as well as the number of cocaine-related hospital emergencies. In 1985, cocaine-related hospital emergencies rose by 12 percent, from 23,500 to 26,300. In 1986, these incidents increased 110 percent, from 26,300 to 55,200. The crack cocaine explosion, you'll notice, overlaps neatly with the AIDS "explosion." The House of Representatives Select Committee on Narcotics Abuse and Control held cocaine hearings in July, October, and November 1980. Dr. Robert Byck, who along with his colleagues conducted the first scientific studies of cocaine plasma levels after coca paste smoking, testified at the hearings. He warned that the heavy use of smokable freebase cocaine, employed by an estimated 10 percent of cocaine users, was about to change. He warned Congress that the US was about to experience the worst epidemic of drug abuse the country had ever seen. Byck predicted the use of smoked cocaine in the 1980s would match the widespread use of "speed" (methamphetamine) in the 1960s. He urged Congress and the National Institute on Drug Abuse to mount an education and prevention campaign to avert this impending epidemic. No such campaign was undertaken. "The emergence of crack cocaine use in the United States during the mid-1980s was one of the most significant public health problems of that era," note Watkins et al in a 1998 paper. "Crack use contributed to a series of sexually transmitted disease epidemics, to epidemic increases in violent injuries and homicides, and to significant increases in the incidence and prevalence of cocaine addiction. Despite these threats to health and safety, a national public health campaign to counter crack-related morbidity and mortality was never mounted." Is that because authorities were already committed to carrying out a manufactured 'HIV' crisis? Crack, Risky Sex, and 'HIV' A 1994 NEJM article reported an analysis of 1,967 people recruited from inner-city neighborhoods in New York, Miami, and San Francisco. All respondents reported never having injected drugs, however 1,137 were regular smokers of crack. The remaining 830 people reported never having smoked crack. The results for crack users weren't pretty. Female crack users were 4.1 times more likely to have been raped, and 1.6 times more likely to have had their first vaginal or anal sex encounter before 13 years of age. Both male and female crack users reported a higher number of sexual partners than non-users; in the case of women, crack users were 11 times more likely to have had 50 or more sexual partners. Crack-smoking women were 13.5 times more likely than nonsmoking women to have engaged in sexual work at any time, and 28.8 times more likely to have engaged in recent, unprotected sex work. Male crack smokers, meanwhile, were 3.4 times more likely to report ever having homosexual anal sex, and 23 times more likely to have had 50 or more male anal sex partners. Clearly, crack users were significantly more likely to engage in prostitution and risky sexual practices. Not surprising then, that female and male crack users had higher historical rates of syphilis (3.5 and 2.2, respectively) and gonorrhea (1.8 and 1.6, respectively). When the researchers ran blood tests for current infection, female and male crack users were significantly more likely to test positive for syphilis (2.8 and 1.6, respectively). Among the participants in New York and Miami, HIV 'infection' was 2.3 times more prevalent among crack smokers than among nonsmokers (prevalence of HIV antibodies among participants recruited in San Francisco was low). Testing positive for ‘HIV antibodies’ was strongly associated with previous or current infection with other STDs. A positive reactive syphilis test (adjusted odds ratio, 2.3) and a history of herpes (adjusted odds ratio, 3.6) remained significantly associated with HIV infection after adjustment for high-risk sexual practices and African-American race. Other studies found similar results. Chiasson and colleagues at the New York City Department of Health examined the link between HIV infection and crack use. Examining patients at an STD clinic in the South Bronx, they found that, among women with no other identified risk (i.e., no injectible drug use), crack use, prostitution, crack-using prostitution and history of syphilis were all found to be risk factors for HIV infection. Among men with no other risk behavior, a history of syphilis was in fact the strongest predictor of HIV infection - greater than crack use and contact with prostitutes. In a 1990 paper, Greenspan and Castro note "between 1981 and 1983, the incidence of primary and secondary syphilis in the United States increased 34%, reaching a rate in 1989 (18.4 cases per 100,000 persons) that was higher than at any time since 1949. Between 1985 and 1989, incidence among blacks more than doubled, from 52.5 to 121.8 cases per 100,000; the increase was greater for black women than for black men (176% versus 106%). These trends are markers for the same high-risk sexual practices that promote transmission of HIV." So crack, syphilis and ‘HIV’ are closely related. Now let's look at another class of drugs showing a close correlation with pre-existing STDs and ‘HIV.’ The Popper Phenomenon “Poppers” is a slang term for nitrite inhalant drugs (when they were first manufactured, they came in small ampoules that were 'popped' to release fumes). Amyl nitrite was originally developed to treat angina pectoris by dilating blood vessels, allowing the heart to get more oxygen and thereby relieving the pain. Arteries are not the only thing poppers help to dilate. Inhaling nitrites relaxes smooth muscles throughout the body - including the sphincter muscles, making it particularly helpful to gay posteriors. Along with facilitating anal sex, the blood vessel-dilating effects of poppers can produce a brief but intense sensation of heat and euphoria lasting 1 or 2 minutes. The story of poppers is an interesting one, involving US Vietnam vets, a profiteering Big Pharma and an enabling FDA, a gay medical student and organized criminals. The latter two entities sidestepped an eventual prescription requirement for amyl nitrite by creating butyl and isobutyl nitrite - less pure, more toxic, and even faster-acting versions than the original. Further restrictions were averted thanks to an unwritten agreement between producers and the FDA that poppers were only to be advertised in gay-oriented publications, as 'room deodorizers.' During the 1970s and early 80s, poppers were advertised heavily in the gay press, and the drugs became an integral part of gay culture. Not only was it routine for patrons at gay nightclubs to freely pass the vials around, some "disco clubs would even add to the general euphoria by occasionally spraying the dance floor with poppers fumes." "The miasma of nitrite fumes was taken for granted at gay gathering places: bars, baths, leather clubs," writes John Lauritsen in a 1994 New York Native article. "Some gay men were never without their little bottle, from which they snorted fumes around the clock." Throwing caution to the wind when it comes to drugs never ends well. Amyl nitrite was developed for occasional use by angina patients, not as a party drug to be snorted every time one hit the dance floor or engaged in a bout of Jolly Rogering. Apart from causing localized damage to nasal membranes, poppers have been linked to anemia, strokes, heart, lung, and brain damage, cardiovascular collapse, and, tellingly, the blood de-oxygenation, thymus atrophy, chronic depletion of T-cell ratio's associated with severe immune dysfunction. The drugs have also been linked to the development of Kaposi's Sarcoma. Sounds a lot like AIDS, doesn't it? While researchers and the more level-headed of gay advocates warned of the dangers, the FDA continued to look the other way. The gay press, whose advertising revenue relied heavily on popper ads, also willfully turned a blind eye to the dangers. In the 1980s, in a lukewarm attempt to be seen to be doing something about the problem, US health officials banned the use of poppers in public places and required merchants to post warnings about their dangers. "The warnings about their use disappeared sometime in the late '80s to early '90s," reports SFGATE, "and no one seems to know why." "During the first few years of the AIDS epidemic," writes Ian Young at VirusMyth.org, "poppers came under suspicion as a possible contributing factor. But after 1984, when the Reagan administration pronounced a single retrovirus to be the only cause of the growing list of AIDS illnesses, the health hazards of poppers were dismissed. All attention and funding was directed to HIV." Fun fact: Burroughs Wellcome, the original manufacturers of poppers, went on to profit handsomely from the subsequent AIDS hysteria with its highly-toxic 'anti-AIDS' drug AZT. History is Made (Up) There were major drug scourges afflicting the high-risk gay and African-American communities, drugs whose chronologies overlapped neatly with the AIDS outbreak. Use and abuse of these drugs was well established to cause severe illness, immune dysfunction and was also strongly correlated with pre-existing STDs like syphilis. The powers-that-be, however, had already decided the sole cause of AIDs was a 'novel virus.' They just needed to come up with one. And so along came the virologists to save the day. Not just any old bunch of virologists, but virologists with friends in high places. In France, this meant Luc Montagnier and his team at the Pasteur Institute, which advises the French government and the World Health Organization (WHO), and maintains a close collaboration with the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). In the US, it meant sci-bureaucrats from the government's behemoth National Institutes of Health (NIH). One of the key figures was the caustic Robert S Gallo, a researcher at the NIH's National Cancer Institute, where he worked for 30 years mainly as head of the Laboratory of Tumor Cell Biology. Gallo’s career would be dogged by controversy and misconduct allegations, but that’s a whole other article (stay tuned). The other career bureaucrat that would play a key role on the US side was none other than Anthony S Fauci, who recently completed a ridiculous 38-year reign as unelected head of the NIH's National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID). If you've surmised that, with names like the above, the HIV story must be a real shite show, you are absolutely correct. HIV is Invented 'Discovered' In 1983, the Pasteur Institute researchers declared they had 'isolated' a 'retrovirus' belonging to the family of T-cell leukemia viruses (HTLV), and concluded it "may be involved in several pathological syndromes, including AIDS." (Bold emphasis added) Their isolate came from a promiscuous 33-year-old Caucasian homosexual male referred to as "BRU", who indicated he'd had more than 50 sexual partners per year. Nasty. According to the authors, he displayed "signs and symptoms that often precede the acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)." However, the only symptoms reported for the patient were multiple lymphadenopathies (swollen lymph glands) and asthenia (weakness), which are evident in many conditions aside from AIDS. Neither fever nor recent loss of weight were noted. In other words, the patient from whom the alleged AIDS-causing virus was first 'isolated' from did not have an AIDS diagnosis. Tellingly, the patient did have a history of several episodes of gonorrhea and had been treated for syphilis in September 1982. Lymphadenopathy is one of the symptoms of both the aforementioned infections. The study's lead author was Francoise Barre-Sinoussi, although the finding is routinely credited to the paper's last listed author, the late Montagnier. The French study was marred by two key problems. It did not isolate any virus, and it did not show AIDS was caused by any HTLV offshoot. Forty years later, little has changed. The terminology and rationalizations have indeed become increasingly complex (as is the case with most elaborate lies), but there is no physical isolate of 'HIV.' Virologists and their sycophants, of course, insist this doesn't matter and that their non-purified mixtures are indeed isolates. While they condescendingly sneer and dismiss anyone who disputes this as a silly little dumb-dumb that doesn't 'understand' virology, they tend to remain rather quiet on another highly inconvenient observation. Namely, there is no proof that whatever is in their ‘isolates’ actually causes AIDS. HIV and Sars-Cov-2: The 'Deadly' Viruses That Aren't Deadly In the early days of 'COVID', testing positive for the mythical Sars-Cov-2 was considered a death sentence. So much so, that some folks didn't even bother getting their affairs in order; they instead killed themselves. Such is the power of all this heinous "deadly virus" bullshit. It was the same in the 'HIV' Dark Ages - testing positive was considered a death sentence. When a famous basketballer by the name of Erving “Magic” Johnson announced he was HIV positive in 1991, everyone was shocked. "Now we all know someone with HIV," said someone I can't recall in what was supposed to be a profound, insight-triggering moment. Johnson, everyone assumed, was now living on borrowed time. Thirty-three years later, Johnson is still alive and wealthy. He attributes his survival to antiretroviral cocktails that have never been shown in clinical studies to benefit survival: GlaxoSmithKline's Trizivir and Abbott's Kaletra. These cocktails are comprised of drugs like AZT which increase the risk of side effects but have never been shown to exert a mortality benefit. Johnson, it should be noted, has featured in ads for both products. In 2009, the FDA issued a warning letter to Abbott Laboratories regarding a promotional DVD in which Johnson discussed his experiences with Kaletra. The letter stated the violations were of public health concern "because they suggest that Kaletra is safer and more effective than has been demonstrated by substantial evidence or substantial clinical experience, and encourage use in circumstances other than those for which the drug has been shown to be safe and effective." "FDA is not aware of substantial evidence or substantial clinical experience to support effectiveness for five or more years of treatment with Kaletra in treatment-experienced adults. The personal experience of Kaletra patients, such as Magic Johnson, does not constitute such evidence." So if overpriced drug cocktails aren't keeping Johnson alive, what explains his survival? It's explained by the fact that HIV is a load of bollocks. A shady test that claims you are ‘HIV positive’ does not mean you are in fact harboring a deadly 'virus.' If ‘HIV’ was so deadly, then lab animals infected with it would get sick and die. But guess what? Administering a so-called isolate of uber-deadly HIV to animals results in ... nothing. Stugatz. That's right - directly administering the Virus That Causes AIDS™ to animals does not cause AIDS. "The only animals susceptible to experimental HIV-1** infection are the chimpanzee, gibbon ape, and rabbit but AIDS-like disease has not yet been reported in these species," lamented the authors of a 1989 FASEB paper. Oops. I'm guessing those chimps, gibbons and wascawwy wabbits didn't have a history of syphilis, smoking crack or inhaling poppers. Experiments in which human volunteers are deliberately 'infected' with the 'HIV isolate' would never get past the ethics committees of most research institutions. We do, however, have numerous instances of involuntary infection to give us a guide as to what happens when otherwise low-risk individuals are exposed to 'HIV.' In a 1984 NEJM letter, before 'HIV' testing became available, Sloan Kettering researchers reported there had been 27 parenteral exposures by 25 staff to the blood of AIDS patients since August 1982 (24 exposures were via needlestick). "All the involved staff are in their usual (generally excellent) state of health," including those who were exposed more than 12 months ago. Blood work was available for 12 staff with exposure more than 6 months prior, and no abnormalities were evident, reported the researchers. During 1985–2013, 58 confirmed and 150 possible cases of occupationally acquired HIV infection among healthcare workers were reported to the CDC. Since 1999, only one confirmed case (a laboratory technician sustaining a needle puncture while working with a live HIV culture in 2008) has been reported. There is no mention of subsequent AIDS, something the fear-porn agents at the CDC would surely have mentioned had it occurred. Some of you have probably heard of Dr Robert Willner, who twice deliberately pricked himself on TV with blood from 'HIV-positive' men (in Spain 1993, and USA 1994). Willner was an outspoken critic of the HIV hypothesis, having authored a book titled Deadly Deception: The Proof that Sex and HIV Absolutely Do Not Cause AIDS. Depending on who you listen to, Willner died 3 months after his 1994 TV appearance in a car crash, or the following year from a heart attack. Neither outcome is consistent with the oft-cited sequelae of AIDS. Jump, Jump, Jump Around Despite the fact that it is scientifically untenable, the HIV theory of AIDS still reigns supreme. Which brings us back to the key question: Why did 'HIV' wait until Wham! and Devine hit the charts before it started striking down gay blokes en mass? Enter the apes. According to Wikipedia, "HIV made the jump from other primates to humans in west-central Africa in the early-to-mid-20th century." (Bold emphasis added) Just like Sars-Cov-2 was purported to have kicked off when the allegedly zoonotic virus "jumped" to humans from a bat or pangolin at a Wuhan wet market that did not sell any bats or pangolins. Says Wikipedia, "Scientists generally accept that the known strains (or groups) of HIV-1 are most closely related to the simian immunodeficiency viruses (SIVs) endemic in wild ape populations of West Central African forests." (Bold emphasis added). "Generally accept" is code for "Scientists have no proof of this, but pretend it's true anyway." This brings us to an oft-cited 2011 paper titled "Origins of HIV and the AIDS Pandemic" which repeats the claim that "simian immunodeficiency viruses (SIVs) ... crossed from monkeys to apes and from apes to humans." The paper was authored by Paul Sharp and Beatrice Hahn, the latter a member of Gallo's NCI lab team which she joined in 1982. A chimpanzee minding his own business while a Gallo associate who blames apes for spreading HIV to humans (Beatrice Hahn) stares at him from a distance. In their paper, the researchers provide a graphic claiming SIV resulting in HIV-1 has been transmitted to humans via chimpanzees and gorillas. Hold that thought. According to the official narrative, the primary routes of 'HIV' transmission in humans are sexual intercourse with an infected individual, sharing needles with an infected person while taking drugs, transfusions of infected blood, or transmission from an infected pregnant mother to fetus. Sharp and Hahn speculate that SIVs first developed in chimpanzees, and were spread among the chimpanzee community primarily through sexual activity, from infected mothers to infants, and "in rare cases, possibly by aggression." But how did the disease "jump" from apes to humans? Researchers can't claim humans and apes were shooting up drugs together and sharing needles while doing so, or that apes were administering blood transfusions to humans, because that would be patently absurd. Ditto for suggesting apes were passing SIV to humans via birth, because apes don't give birth to humans. Claiming that apes transmitted SIV to humans because they were having cross-species sexual encounters would also be a hard sell. Humans are capable of some pretty weird and degenerate behaviour, but good luck pinning down a chimp or gorilla while you attempt to get jiggy with it. Meet Bruce. Can bench press you and your extended family with one arm. Incursions into his personal space not advised. "How humans acquired the ape precursors of HIV-1 groups M, N, O, and P is not known," write Sharp and Hahn, "however, based on the biology of these viruses, transmission must have occurred through cutaneous or mucous membrane exposure to infected ape blood and/or body fluids. Such exposures occur most commonly in the context of bushmeat hunting." (Bold emphasis added). Researchers can't explain exactly how immunodeficiency viruses pole-vaulted from apes to human, so they simply assume it must have happened during hunting expeditions. Virologists do a lot of assuming. Sharp and Hahn write that the first clue to HIV-1's "sudden emergence, epidemic spread, and unique pathogenicity" came in 1986 when a “morphologically similar but anti-genically distinct” virus was allegedly found to cause AIDS in patients in western Africa. Well riddle me this, Batman: Humans have been around for 2.5 million years, and the earliest Homo sapiens were getting around some 300,000 years ago. We've been hunting that whole time. Furthermore, the advance of agriculture and the steadily declining numbers of hunter-gatherers in modern times would have meant a greatly reduced opportunity for SIV to jump aboard the H-train via scratchy-bitey-fluid-exchangey hunting confrontations. Yet immunodeficiency viruses waited until the latter half of the Twentieth Century to successfully make the big cross-species jump? What an utter crock. Wikipedia admits "How the SIV virus would have transformed into HIV after infection of the hunter or bushmeat handler from the ape/monkey is still a matter of debate." Translated: There is no actual scientific evidence to support the claim that, after allegedly entering the human body, ‘SIV’ magically transformed into ‘HIV.’ The Sodomy Paradox There's another problem with the official AIDS narrative which holds that, after catching SIV from apes during hunting mishaps in Africa, it "transformed" into HIV, which hunter-gatherers then spread by doing the backdoor boogie with gay abandon. That story further holds that, somewhere along the way, one of these HIV-carrying ape-hunters nailed a gay airline steward from America. Patient Zero then flew back to the US, and began having lots of AIDS-causing unprotected sex in the saunas of San Francisco. Or the gay bars of New York. Or the wet markets of Wisconsin, I'm not sure, all this virus BS gets a bit hard to keep track of after a while. It doesn't really matter, because like the rest of the AIDS tale, the gay airline steward story was nonsense. Gaetan Dugas, the French-Canadian flight attendant posthumously labelled 'Patient Zero' and accused of single-handedly igniting the spread of HIV/AIDS across North America, was later exonerated. Thanks to the determined sleuthing of Pullitzer Prize-winning reporter John Crewdson, it was known by 1988 that what we now call AIDS was in fact present in America in the 1960s. While the rest of the media was tripping over itself to blame Dugas (“THE MAN WHO GAVE US AIDS” blared the New York Post’s October 6, 1987 headline; “Canadian Said to Have Had Key Role in Spread of AIDS,” wrote the New York Times, while the National Review nicknamed Dugas “the Columbus of AIDS"), Crewdson had discovered a 1973 case report that showed the official Patient Zero story was bollocks. That 1973 case report described Robert Rayford, a 15-year-old black lad from St. Louis who had died of AIDS in 1969 - more than a decade before anyone knew what AIDS was. The impoverished teen had presented to hospital in the spring of 1968 with swollen loins covered with open, infected sores. He struggled while breathing, was razor thin and pale as a ghost. Doctors initially suspected cancer, but subsequent tests revealed herpes, genital warts, and a severe case of chlamydia. The infection spread, in the form of purple colored lesions, to his legs, causing a misdiagnosis of lymphedema. He eventually succumbed to his condition in May 1969, leaving doctors baffled. The teen, who doctors described as mildly intellectually impaired, said he'd suffered the symptoms for around two years prior to seeking medical help. He denied injury or animal bites, had not travelled outside the midwestern United States, but admitted to "frequent" heterosexual intercourse. His family consented to an autopsy, which revealed "widespread Kaposi's sarcoma of the aggressive, disseminated type." The autopsy also found evidence of anal scarring and a particular kind of lesion no one had identified when Rayford was alive. Some doctors thought the scarring indicated Rayford was gay; others pointed out he may have been sexually abused. Struck by how closely Rayford's symptoms resembled those of AIDS, Crewdson flew to St. Louis and found a pathologist willing to dig through laboratory freezers in search of the youth's tissue samples. By using the test 'co-developed' by Gallo and the French, researchers were able to determine that the boy, incredibly, had been infected with 'HIV.' The finding was published in JAMA in 1988. However, it was not until 2016 that the fake Dugas tale was officially revoked. Had the Rayford story been more widely known, it wouldn’t have been good for HIV business. Not to worry, the out-of-Africa hypothesis was salvaged in 1998 when researchers claimed they had detected HIV - by a PCR process involving two rounds of amplification for a combined total of 69 cycles - in a plasma sample obtained in early 1959 from an adult Bantu male, with a sickle-cell trait and a glucose-6-phosphate-dehydrogenase deficiency, living in the Belgian Congo. Two of the researchers announcing this narrative-saving discovery hailed from the Aaron Diamond AIDS Research Center, at Rockefeller University in New York. So just like the COVID charade, we have a shamdemic for which the original Patient Zero story was shown to be a bunch of cobblers. Just like the COVID sham, few people noticed or cared and the rest of the AIDS tale continued its relentless march and took on a life of its own. Despite more holes than a ... wait, that's dangerous pun territory ... I mean, despite a plethora of discrepancies, the official Fauci-endorsed tale still has HIV migrating from Africa to the US and spread in the early 1980s by blokes bumping uglies in big city gay bars and saunas. And Fauci should know, because he went to gay saunas and gay bars himself in the “early stages” of the AIDS “explosion” to get a “feel” for the situation. Purely for ‘research’ purposes, of course (wink, wink). It's okay Tony, it's 2024, you don't have to cover for your sexuality anymore. A young Anthony Fauci displaying his "I've just been to the saunas!" smile. Your tax money at work. You could literally fill a book with all the discrepancies contained within the official AIDS story; several authors have already done just that. What I wanted to highlight here are the commonalities between the AIDS and COVID sagas. Both featured never-isolated 'viruses' with nonsensical 'Patient Zero' stories. ‘Isolates’ of both these ‘deadly’ and ‘novel’ viruses do a whole lot of nothing when administered to our primate cousins. Both sagas featured Anthony Fauci, showing up on cue touting the most toxic drug he could get away with recommending. Both featured doomsday, end-of-times hyperbole in which testing 'positive' was initially considered a death sentence. Both were remarkable demonstrations of how the media and masses could be easily manipulated into accepting a pandemic scare that, upon the most cursory examination, simply didn't add up. *During the presidency of former actor Ronald Reagan, senior administration officials secretly — and illegally — arranged for the sale of arms to Iran in return for Iran’s promise to help secure the release of a group of Americans being held hostage in Lebanon. Suspiciously, the hostages were formally released into US custody just minutes after Reagan was sworn into office. Proceeds from the arms sales were then secretly, and again illegally, funneled to the Contras, a group of rebels fighting the Marxist Sandinista government of Nicaragua. Is if that wasn't bad enough, the CIA looked the other way while the Contras trafficked cocaine into the US to help finance their fight to oust the communist Sandinistas. The scandal was exposed in 1996 by the brilliant, Pullitzer Prize-winning journalist Gary Webb while writing for the San Jose Mercury News. His series described a San Francisco Bay Area drug ring that sold tons of cocaine to the Crips and Bloods street gangs of Los Angeles, funelling millions in drug profits to the CIA-assisted Contras. This drug ring "opened the first pipeline between Colombia's cocaine cartels and the black neighborhoods of Los Angeles" and, as a result, "helped spark a crack explosion in urban America." His articles caused a proverbial shit-storm, prompting the government to conduct several investigations into itself and declaring itself innocent of all charges. We were supposed to believe it was all just an accidental oversight when even the Kerry report acknowledged "the Contra drug links included", among other connections, "... payments to drug traffickers by the U.S. State Department of funds authorized by the Congress for humanitarian assistance to the Contras, in some cases after the traffickers had been indicted by federal law enforcement agencies on drug charges, in others while traffickers were under active investigation by these same agencies." (Bold emphasis added). The Los Angeles Times, New York Times, and Washington Post launched their own 'investigations' (read: hatchet jobs) and rejected Webb's allegations, instead siding with the government - a practice they uphold to this day. However, an internal CIA report released in 1998 admitted the CIA ‘overlooked’ or ‘ignored’ reports that the Nicaragua Contra rebels financed their fight to oust the communist Sandinistas through the sale of drugs in the United States. **‘HIV-1’ is the form of ‘HIV’ allegedly most common and threatening to humans. According to the official tale, ‘HIV-2’ is rare and of little threat. Share https://substack.com/home/post/p-146567752
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Why the Official AIDS Story is a Complete Crock
    The Great Rebranding, 1980s-Style: HIV Was a Sham, Just Like Sars-Cov-2
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 7159 Views
  • Controlled Opposition – David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Darryl Anka (Bashar), Benjamin Fulford, Cobra, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, Trump, Putin – Ufology – Alternative Media
    August 10, 2017

    Controlled Opposition – Corey Goode, Cobra, Bashar (Darryl Anka), David Wilcock, Benjamin Fulford, David Icke, Edward Snowden, Trump, Putin etc…

    (I used a picture of ‘Ashtar’ from ‘Ashtar Command’ as that is a huge psyop and is associated with Cobra. I am referring to Cobra from the website ‘The Portal’)

    Interestingly, this article leads to Fake Terrorism, North Korea, Zionists and Israel.

    Anyway, here are some of my thoughts on Controlled Opposition in the alternative media (A hint: It’s everywhere!)

    Introduction

    It can be very disheartening when you are awakening to what is happening in the world – as when you really do your research and become informed you realize that most of these prominent ‘players’ in the alternative media are Controlled Opposition. And I have been shocked about the amount of Controlled Opposition operatives and Gatekeepers there are – and how hard people will push unsubstantiated claims. An example for you: Alex Jones and InfoWars is perhaps the most obvious controlled opposition operation going.

    We also have David Icke and Jordan Maxwell who are also Controlled Opposition… ‘what?’ you say … ‘some of their videos woke me up’, etc…. (they initially helped me as well) But, yep, it seems to be the Zionists and Freemasons putting people in place to get you to rely on them – so they give you some truth to draw you in and then some carefully selected disinfo and then also failing to include some pieces of important information. Just like all Controlled Opposition. The alternative media is a minefield. (Both these guys appear on the Richie Allen show – Richie Allen is controlled opposition. And David Icke even appears on the shill Alex Jones’s show!) There are certain things they are not telling us. Particularly about the Real Truth about Fake Terror Events, the Freemasons, Hitler, The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP), The Second World War, etc. The Zionists et al like to try and control every stage of awakening – and there are different levels of awakening. David Icke has appeared on mainstream television at least three times in the UK! People who know about the depths of global conspiracy know that the Zionists wont allow someone to appear on mainstream TV if they don’t want them to. I am not saying these people don’t have some legitimate information, but you must research beyond them, they are limited – and they are manipulators and givers of half-truths.

    (David Icke promotes getting rid of racial and cultural identity, as well as getting rid of any religious beliefs – and generally promotes letting go of having a strong identity. This is exactly what these Freemasonic Zionist Talmudic Elites want! We are much easier to control and manipulate when we let go of racial, cultural and religious identity – humans are much more passive when they don’t have these identifications. This is why Icke never exposes ‘The Kalergi Plan’ and certain parts of ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’. He promotes this idea that only way to repel these forces of darkness is to focus on ‘infinite love’, that, ‘everything, everything, everything else is an illusion!’ This is an obvious pacifying psyop and a manipulation. This ‘just focusing on love’ will not save us from the Satanic Zionist New World Order. Knowledge, critical thinking, practical solutions and taking action is what is needed. Icke does twelve hour shows and writes many huge books, but most of it is distraction and deflection – and real practical solutions are not offered by him… and again, just focusing on love is not a solution, it is a pacifying psyop. He is obvious controlled opposition. David Icke subtly promotes Cultural Marxism, which is extremely damaging to Humanity.)

    The UFO community, in particular, can be incredibly naive and get distracted and carried away with the fantastical ET stories that give them some hope. I am not going to say that I haven’t been a little caught up with someone’s information until I realised it to be coming from someone who was clearly Controlled Opposition. But then eventually you see some of the agendas behind the operation – and see the disinfo they put out. When you go far down the rabbit hole it can all get little scary and something within you is looking for some ‘hopium’ ie – ‘there must be some good guys down here fighting back’, then these people come forward and say I have an ‘insider that I know’, or ‘I am an insider’ – and often they come with statements or firm predictions of change – ie: everything will change this year in the fall of 2016, or you will see great changes in this most of this year etc. These people are really just there to disempower you, pacify you, distract you and feed you bits of disinfo.

    I particularly research the extraterrestrial and ‘Milab’ phenomenon because of my various and numerous experiences – i.e ET abductions and memories returning of times spent in some sort of secret otherworldly operations and becoming lucid during some of these missions / abductions. I have an article on this website describing my experiences. But I also research many other facets of the global conspiracy. Particularly all the fake terrorism and fake shootings – all the nonsense that the Freemasons and Zionists set up – the staged drills that are passed of as real. You cannot understand what is going on on this planet if you do not understand that all these terrorism events are Fake and Set Up by the Freemasons and Zionists – as I said earlier, they are usually drills passed off as real using paid crisis actors – and sometimes they even use CGI in them. (I should clarify that when I mention the Freemasons I am mainly taking about the 33rd degree Masons and above, the lower levels are oblivious of the true purpose of Freemasonry.)

    Link to Article: False Flags – Fake Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists

    Anyway, throughout history Controlled Opposition has been used to control the masses. It catches people like a net, holds onto them for a while, distracts then, gives them some truth and also carefully selected pieces of disinfo. The people who are in charge of this planet employ this all the time.

    “A controlled opposition is a protest movement that is actually being led by government agents. Nearly all governments in history have employed this technique to trick and subdue their adversaries.”

    Notably Vladimir Lenin said:
    “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.”

    Below are my perspectives on various people I have come across in my research – I hope I inspire others to think critically and to question all these so called ‘insiders’ – and for people to get an idea of how Controlled Opposition works.

    Corey Goode, David Wilcock, Cobra, Fulford, Snowden – and others

    Some obvious Controlled Opposition within, or related to, the UFO field of research is: David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Cobra (the portal), Benjamin Fulford, Simon Parkes (Parkes fairly recently appeared on mainstream TV here in England, this should send up red flags for you, you don’t appear on mainstream TV if you are not controlled) etc etc – and there are blogs that promote many of these people that are also Controlled Opposition — these blogs are normally just set up primarily by people, who themselves are controlled, to the promote these other controlled agents. ‘Stillness in the Storm’ is an example of one of these Controlled Opposition blogs which vigorously promotes and defends Wilcock and Goode, as well posting about Fulford and Cobra. And there is also ‘Discerning the Mystery’, which has been obviously set up just to promote Corey Goode, Cobra, and David Wilcock etc. It is very interesting that as soon as the ‘Discerning the Mystery’ website was set up ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting ‘Discerning the Mystery’ articles on his blog, promoting him – just as he did with Jordan Sather. As soon as Jordan Sather’s youtube channel was up it was promoted immediately by ‘Stillness in the Storm’, and who does Jordan Sather work with now? Corey Goode! There is a network of Controlled Opposition here people all backing each other. (If you research a great deal and have an excellent memory – you see unusual things in the alternative media and you see networks of controlled opposition) And when Corey Goode started working with Bridget Nielsen ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting about her as well. This is the woman who says she has had sex with reptilians and it was great! Seriously, how does that help humanity – articles about this? Again, a network of Controlled Opposition promoting each other.

    We also have Michael Salla – he again – I will use the phrase again: Controlled Opposition – he is connected to all these people I have just mentioned in the above paragraph. He promotes Goode and Wilcock and various others in this group – and Stillness in the Storm promotes Salla. Salla puts out some ridiculous articles, for example: ‘Will Trump release all the advanced technology found in Antarctica if he is elected?’. Trump is working for the Zionists, of course he isn’t just going to release any technology just for the benefit of humanity! And of course we can see that Trump hasn’t released any.

    (I know that some of the ‘intel’ that some of these people put out can be very compelling, I followed some of these people for a while before I worked them out. ‘How can they not be ‘of the light’ when they put out this type of info?’ – read the rest of the article and about how it all works.)

    Within the ‘Secret Space Program’ area of research we also have William Tompkins – who is obviously Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation – and is only divulging what he is allowed – and also the same with Randy Cramer. They are told by the people who control the organisations that they are affiliated with, what to divulge and they do as they are told. It is obviously all scripted, to add to the distraction of humanity — and to add to the SSP limited-hangout operation.

    I have written about the Corey Goode ‘Sphere Being’ psyop / cult on this website – it is one of the the most obvious limited hangout and Controlled Opposition operations out there. It seems to be creating a cult, a ufo religion and now trying to capture the minds of the younger generation – again, like a net drawing them in and trying to hold onto people as long as possible. Corey also seems to want to control all the SSP disclosure narrative and also try to sanitize what is going on in them – and there is very obvious saviour programming in there as well – which disempowers and pacifies people. And why does humanity need to hear so much about Corey’s UFO stories, it is beyond me – how does it benefit people to hear so much about unsubstantiated ET stories like these? It is dangerous what he is doing – these SSP projects (if they exist) are not to be taken lightly – they will be ruining lives – and run by incredibly nefarious people.

    People who believe Corey Goode is genuine have still got various levels of awakening to work through. On YouTube peoples channels are being taken down left, right and centre for exposing the fake terrorism and the use of crisis actors, for exposing jewish tyranny and Zionism’s crimes, for exposing the WW2 and Hitler lies we have been told etc etc. Thousands of videos are being censored by Jewish Zionist controlled Youtube – just for people exposing and questioning… whatever happened to free speech!. “The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation”. But here we have someone like Corey, he isn’t being censored and is not going to be censored – because he is Zionist psyop – a controlled opposition agent.

    And this whole ‘raising your vibration’ rhetoric is just there to pacify you – I have been meditating (and eating very healthily) for many years and this ‘raising your vibration’ is not going to sort things out on this planet… and how come so many people are working at this ‘raising your vibration’ but the world is getting worse all the time – more control mechanisms implemented all the time, more censorship, more destabilizing of the middle east, more refugees, more mass immigration (and we potentially have 5G towers coming soon) etc etc. What we need to do is become wise knowledgeable critical thinkers, come up with solutions, stand-up to tyranny and take action! The Corey Goode psyop is there to pacify you and distract you. And I am not saying there isn’t probably some sort of Secret Space Program, but you wont be getting the real truth from these so called ‘whistleblowers’. And, yes, of course, it is good for you to meditate and eat a healthy diet, but it wont sort out the problems on this planet, that’s for sure – it should help you get some clarity of mind – but it wont make you knowledgeable, proactive, solution orientated and capable of critical thinking. I recommend this article below on Corey Goode for some more insights on his particular pysop:

    Link to Article: Cosmic Disclosure – Corey Goode – Controlled Opposition – Secret Space Programs (SSPs)

    This other group of ‘Secret Space Program Whistleblowers’: Penny, Illeana, Tony, Kevan and their disinfo agent associate ‘Peter the Insider’ ( These people are all very clearly creating another limited-hangout, and are just another group of Controlled Opposition ). I discuss this group as well as other SSP whistleblowers in detail in another article of mine: ‘Nazis’ – Secret Space Programs – ‘Dark Fleet’ – Disinfo

    I have also written about Cobra on this website. I have looked through the majority of his interviews and followed his intel for quite some time and I also looked through a website that had collated Cobra’s responses to questions – there is so much disinfo in there and lots of pacifying and disempowering responses – if you research the global conspiracy like I do – you can see the disinfo and the agendas. It also, like Corey Goode’s info, contains saviour programming – here instead of ‘blue avians’ and ‘inner earth’ groups it promotes this totally unsubstantiated idea of a ‘resistance movement’ on ‘planet x’ – and also the unsubstantiated idea that there are some pleiadians that he is working with to help free humanity. These stories are absolutely pacifying and disempowering people – stopping them from coming up with solutions for humanity. He talks about these ‘toplet bombs’??? and other exotic weapons – he says that there are ET groups that are clearing all these bombs that are surrounding us here on Earth. For five years he has been saying this! And he say things like we are close to clearing them all – and then, ‘low and behold’ they have found some more and some more weapons have been found – then the next month – and again, its ‘oh we found some more toplet bombs’ etc – over and over again this goes on! And of course Cobra talks about Ashtar Command and Galactic Federation etc etc – pacifying and disempowering – these are psyops. Cobra has also promoted this book by Ishtar Antares called Aurora 2012, which I have read – that also made some predictions that didn’t come true, and which also contained other disinfo regarding the psyop that is Ashtar Command. And Cobra also promoted this guy Drake in 2012, who was a psyop, who also predicted changes in 2012, as did Wilcock who aligned himself with Drake – why do people forget about all these things? Unfortunately, my fellow humans, we have to sort all this insanity on this planet out ourselves. People need to realise that Cobra has been saying the same things over and over again for over 5 years. And of course Cobra does joint interviews with the obvious psyop Corey Goode – which should send up red flags for you.

    This ‘The Event Is Coming Soon’ rhetoric put forward by Cobra and others is a huge psyop and so pacifying and disempowering. When you are knowledgeable, and know how these Freemasons and Zionists work, you know their tactics and see through their psyops more easily. This so called ‘Event’ is not coming soon my friends, please don’t sit back and wait for this ‘Event’. This ‘Event’ is a made up thing to pacify – the whole ‘solar flash’, ‘spontaneous ascension’ – these terms, are of course, also pacifying psyops. Sorry to tell you this my friends… hard to hear if you bought into these stories, they had me for a little bit, but I know too much about all the other areas of the alternative media and global conspiracy. Educate yourself about the Freemasons and the Jewish Zionists plans and take action.

    Link to Article: Cobra, (The Portal) is Controlled Opposition putting out Disinfo

    David Wilcock continually tells us the ‘End-game’ is near, or words to that effect – how many endgame type articles is he going to write? One each year? One every 6 months? Again, he is disempowering and pacifying us – the endgame is not near. For example – ‘It’s ok, we can relax the ‘Endgame’ is near!’ I do not think it is near. David Wilcock is obvious Controlled Opposition – some truth mixed in with a good amount of disinfo. His so called ‘insiders’, and contacts – people like Pete Peterson for example, are also obvious Controlled opposition, basic stuff from these people who give us little titbits of carefully controlled info. Wilcock also collaborates with Corey Goode, who is also obvious Controlled Opposition, Wilcock also comments on Benjamin Fulford, who again is obvious Controlled Opposition. Wilcock also promotes this idea of a mass spontaneous ‘ascension’ – again, disempowering people, pacifying people – stopping people being proactive and make changes to benefit humanity and detach from the satanic matrix system – we can wait for ‘the resistance movement’ – or the ‘sphere being alliance’ or the ‘inner earth groups’ or the ‘ ascension wave of energy’ or ‘The Event’ – these groups of events will sort all out all our problems apparently. They are disempowering and pacifying the public – over and over! Don’t sit back and wait for any of these things my friends.

    We also have people like Edward Snowden and Julian Assange – totally controlled opposition and limited hangouts. What has Snowden released that people who are knowledge didn’t already know? – nothing – and he even gave out disinfo about 9/11. His is info is basic, and he is obviously controlled and some type of agent. Pretty much the same things can be said for Julian Assange… controlled.

    An article about Snowden the controlled agent: http://www.renegadetribune.com/frosty-edward-snowden/

    And Benjamin Fulford won’t tell you that Snowden and Assange are just Controlled Opposition Limited Hangouts. And Fulford wont tell that all these terror events are fake – he might say some are false flags but that stills perpetuate the myth that people were killed and it perpetuates the fear they create. But they are hoaxes, totally fake – just one example for you: the Russian Ambassador shooting – this is such an obviously fake shooting. Fulford will not tell you that these so called terror events were set up by the Freemasons and Zionists to further their agendas. Benjamin Fulford is obvious Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation.

    (Update: This Q Anon rhetoric is an obvious pacifying psyop, there is no purge going on. In fact, people who are moved out are usually people who are not staunch Zionists and don’t support Israel enough – that’s usually why they are moved out. Look how staunch Zionist Warmonger John Bolton got moved into a very prominent position. Q Anon is a psyop to deceive and pacify the naive and less well informed Goyim.)

    People get hooked on what all these people are saying – they sit back and think these guys have it all in control – these so called ‘insiders’ – but they are just telling us stories – but it’s all just carefully controlled commentaries from these people, with some disinfo. Better to spend your time looking to make some practical changes on this planet and learning about the Zionist and Freemason agendas and researching all the fake terror events – so that these fake events have less effect on the collective. We have people saying ‘the cabal’ or ‘the illuminati’ – But I think people should be just saying the Zionists and Freemasons – I think these alternative names are a psyop. Go down the rabbit hole geopolitically and it leads to the Zionists, Freemasons and Israel. Freemasonry is a Jewish establishment, it is run by Jews — Freemasonry is being used as a tool by the Zionist Jews to bring about their New World Order. It is related to rebuilding Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem – they want to dominate the world (the ‘Goyim’) from there.

    “The meaning of the history of the last century is that today 300 Jewish financiers, all Masters of (Masonic) Lodges, rule the world.” – Jean Izoulet, prominent member of Jewish Alliance Israelite Universelle, 1931

    “At the head of all those secret societies, which form provisional governments, men of the Jewish race are to be found.” – Benjamin Disraeli, Jewish, Prime Minister of England

    Anyway, I have an article on this website all about Zionism which will explain all this for you. There is a link at the end of the article.

    **********

    (* An update due to a comment received: — Michael Tellinger is 100 percent controlled. He is a controlled limited hangout. I read his Ubuntu book when it first came out – sounded good initially – but I was ill informed and very naive back then. His system is not anti-NWO – it actually plays right into their hands.

    Tellinger is on gaimtv.com / gaia.com – this organisation is a Zionist limited hangout shill operation. So many shills on Gaia.com. Tellinger even did an interview with Goode and Wilcock on Gaia as well! Two of the most obvious shills out there. There is so much about the (((New World Order))) agenda that Tellinger and associates are distracting people from.)

    **********

    Fraudulent Predictions and Statements for upcoming change… and channelers — Bashar, Adronis, Abraham Hicks etc

    So we have Wilcock regularly making endgame, or the battle is nearly won, statements in his articles. Wilcock also backed and made predictions in 2012 regarding this fake guy ‘Drake’ – people forget how wrong Wilcock was then, and Cobra was involved with this. Corey Goode said everything will change in in 2016 and it didn’t – now he is pushing a three year disclosure plan – what ridiculousness. More disempowering. Wilcock also wrote an article whereby he perpetuates the idea that people actually died in the Boston Marathon Bombing – when anyone who is a real researcher knows that the boston marathon bombing was another fake hoax event a drill passed of as real. Cobra is also affiliated with the website ‘prepare for change’ change – more disempowering – it should be Create Change! Let’s just sit back and prepare for change, what a disempowering and pacifying slogan – again, it should be Create Change.

    We also get these popular channellers like Bashar and Adronis, for example, making predictions – they were both saying everything will change in the fall of 2016. The SSP ‘whistleblower’ called ‘Illeana’, also joined in with her own ‘channeling’ and also said all will change in the fall of 2016. Bashar is the most obvious psyop – he promotes a type of solipsism for one thing, saying that we create our own reality completely, which is nonsense, as we are in a collective consciousness and we are not in total control of our reality – again, we collectively create what happens here. And those in power and in prominent influential positions in the media, banks and government etc have by far the most control of what we create on this planet. Bashar also constantly distracts people from the global conspiracy, from the Zionists and Satanists etc – suggesting that if you look into that dark information then that is the sort of reality you will manifest – nonsense. We must shine a light on the dark to transform it.

    When these channelers and so called ‘insiders’ make statements on when things will change – be very suspicious. There is also the case of Aug Tellez now, who promotes himself as insider – and has put out lots of interesting information, but it is mostly information that I have heard before. I am wary of him because he has come out with the statement that everything will change in the fall of 2017. Why regularly put out a statement like that? It only pacifies and disempowers humanity. And also because he promotes the disinfo agent Donald Marshall – I am sure cloning does goes on, and we all know some really terrible things go on with the elites, but Donald Marshall is almost certainly controlled opposition with disinfo – some ridiculous things have been said by him, particular the things about Reptilians, such as them having this ‘thing’ come out of their head that goes into your eye and takes you over – obvious disinfo. I will certainly not be holding my breath about this Aug Tellez 2017 prediction! He also has very few details about the time he says he spent in Solar Warden – lots of information is given out which would be complex to many, but no solar warden details of operations he took part in. So I am not totally sure about Aug, I think we will see after this fall 2017. Will he be the first ‘insider’ to actually predict when the beneficial changes will come? Again, I doubt it very much. (Update: Aug Tellez is an obvious Zionist Controlled Opposition agent – it’s so obvious to me – lots of distracting information and some dis-info — distracting people from what is really occurring on this planet. People should research ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’ – and no it’s not a hoax, as the Zionist controlled media like to tell you – its a real document that was found – research it.)

    While we are in the subject of channelers: we have people like Bashar and Abraham Hicks putting forward this notion of people just trying to manifest an abundant life for themselves. You don’t need to transform the planet, they suggest – just try to manifest a happy and abundant life for yourself. Nope, actually we should be looking to highlight all the darkness, all the satanic practices – we need to bring it to the light to transform it. We need to work together to create change – helping each other, practical solutions etc – so we need to know where all the problems are and where they originate from. These two channelers are obvious controlled opposition psyops. And there are many other channelers who just go on and on about different ET races. Firstly, do people realize how easy it is for the ‘powers that be’ to manipulate these people – who they are channeling – most are not going to be channelling who they think they are. Anyway, regardless of this, what purpose does it serve to listen to a ‘channeler’ telling you about unsubstantiated info about ‘ET races’ – how does this help humanity evolve and break free from this Satanic Slave System and understand the tactics of the Zionists and Freemasons. Are these ‘channelers’ telling you any useful practical information regarding this planet. Nearly all are just distracting you.

    One more thing related to Bashar, he goes on about hybrid children – not human children, but hybrid children. Our human children are getting poisoned, abused, sacrificed and eaten on this planet! We do not need to worry about hybrid children! And this woman Bridget Nielsen aligns herself with Bashar and promotes making a safe place for the hybrid children to live. She also says that she has had sex with reptilians and it was great. Do you know who aligned themselves with this woman? – Corey Goode did. He is good ‘friends’ with her and does videos with her – it’s networks of Controlled Opposition – psyops linked together.

    Anyway, there is absolutely no benefit to humanity in the people making these statements and predictions with dates about big changes – the only purpose can be to dis-empower and pacify humanity – there is nothing else it can do. I would take them with less than a pinch of salt, and be suspicious of those who are making them – especially as all the statements so far have been wrong. And carry on researching, and carry on trying to make a positive and practical difference to this planet – and carry on learning about all the fake terrorism and fake shootings, the controlled opposition agents, the CIA limited hangouts, the Zionists, the Freemasons. Question everything and don’t stop learning. We need to become informed critical thinkers and then to come together somehow and make changes.

    Early ET abductions, Milabs researchers and whistleblowers

    The whole UFO field has been infiltrated by Controlled Opposition. Some of the first researchers like Barbara Bartholic and Dr Karla Turner appeared to be doing some diligent and credible research and investigations exposing the nefarious ETs – but it looks like they were killed off. It looks like was Phil Schneider as well, who seemed to be exposing some important information – and then the UFO field was then further flooded with agents (it’s always been controlled). We did have some testimonies that felt somewhat credible in the Milab, Secret Space Ops and Black Ops area, years ago – but now, in the two or three years or so, this area of research seems to filled with agents and disinfo. (Update: After completing further research I actually think these people mentioned in this paragraph were also controlled – See my ‘Ufology Explained’ article on this website.)

    Trump and Putin

    As I mentioned earlier one of the areas I spend a lot of time researching is all the fake terrorism. Some questions for people who believe Putin is some kind of savour: Why did Putin play along with, and essentially endorse, at least two fake terrors acts. Firstly the fake shooting of the Russian Ambassador in Berlin – it’s totally fake, research it – watch Ole Dammegard’s video on it, for starters. And Putin also endorses the St Petersburg Metro bombing – again, a staged drill passed of as real – fake. There are videos about these fake events in a playlist on my youtube channel. Why is Putin endorsing these fake deceiving acts, as well as playing along with other fake terrorism from around the world? Truth seekers who go far down the rabbit hole suggest that Putin is just playing a role – that pretty much all these western leaders are just playing their roles. I would also suggest he is just playing a role for the Zionists and their NWO agenda – and I certainly do not trust someone who deceives humanity like this.

    Putin also has a history of Jewish and Zionist connections, he is ex KGB, does huge tech and trade deals with Israel, glorifies the ‘Soviet Union’ and the ‘Red Army’, and he does not come out and condemn Netenyahu and Israel on a great many issues… and he hasn’t ended Debt Slavery/Usury in his country (which leaders who truly want to look after their people will always do).

    A link to an interesting article about Putin, and how he is not the saviour some people think he is:

    Puppet Putin: A collection of doubts around Putin’s credibility as opposition to the JWO agenda

    Putin has also made it illegal for people to question the holocaust in his country! Where’s the Free Speech?! ((The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation)). From my research I have found no evidence that any gas chambers were used or that any Jews died in gas chambers – there is lots of research which point to the fact that the gassing did not occur. Watch some Fred Leuchter (The Leuchter Report), David Irving, Ernst Zundel, David Cole and Dennis Wise videos on this subject for starters. The people you see dead in the videos and photos died from diseases such as Typhus, this was due to the allied bombings towards the end of the war, which took out the supply infrastructures in Germany, which meant medicine and food could not get to the work camps. Diseases spread quickly. The lies surrounding these camps is shocking. Its propaganda by the Zionists to try to gain sympathy for their Zionist agendas. I could go on about this subject and the lies we have been told about Hitler, WW2 and Germany’s National Socialism, but you can research it yourself. I also recommend the video: ‘Adolf Hitler – The Greatest story Never Told’ by Dennis Wise – this can get you started if you don’t know about this subject, you can watch it on YouTube. This link below will take you to a site with comprehensive evidence that the ‘holocaust’ did not occur:

    Holocaust Deprogramming Course

    (Another mention of David Icke and how he is controlled opposition. There is always lots of anti-Nazi rhetoric from Icke. He still perpetuates the total myth that Nazis used fluoride on people on the Jews in the WW2 work camps. Icke also suggests that Hitler and the Germans were involved in creating these poisonous vaccines we are given – which is lies. Icke does not even mention that the ‘Nazis’ never called themselves ‘Nazi’s’, and that they were actually called The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP) – the term ‘Nazi’ was actually invented by a jewish man called Konrad Heiden as a slur and disparaging term – and has since been used for the Zionist owned media’s anti-Hitler and anti-National Socialist propaganda. Icke also doesn’t expose the Dresden firebombings and the Rhine Meadows death camps – these horrific war crimes carried out on millions of innocent Germans. He doesn’t highlight how Hitler and The NSDAP miraculously transformed Germany by getting rid of the Jewish bankers influence and by printing their own money. And he doesn’t expose the biggest lie of the them all: The Holocuast Hoax. Again, David Icke is controlled opposition)

    Now to Trump: he is of course endorsed and praised by Putin. And in case anyone does not realize, Trump is exposed as an obvious Zionist. Look at what he has said about Israel… shocking… 100 percent backing for Israel he said… wow… supporting this disgraceful regime that is taking part in the incremental genocide of Palestinians. As well as this, look at Trumps behaviour related to visiting Israel and Netanyahu. (These Zionists have never had any right to Palestine – and The Palestinians are the semites.) And who has Trump surrounded himself with politically? I will tell you who: Loads of confirmed Zionists! Putin is friendly with and has endorsed and praised a very obvious Zionist … hmmm… what does all this suggest to you?

    Concluding Thoughts

    One of the purposes of this article is for people to become aware of what Controlled Opposition and Limited Hangouts Operations are – and to question all those people who suggest that they are insiders. Look for the signs – and one of the signs is that they start making statements of when great change will occur and attempt to pacify and disempower with various articles and statements. There are so many people out there who will try to catch you and distract you, feed you some disinfo.

    The way I see it is that one of the things they are distracting you from is all the fake terrorism: crisis actors are used – they are staged drills passed off as real, CGI is also used – I have been researching these fake events for over two years now. Who owns the media and sets up these events – it’s the Zionists and Freemasons. I have followed a whole community of people who were dismantling all these fake events on Youtube. So many of them have had their channels taken down for questioning these events and explaining to others how they are obviously fake (luckily most of them just make a new channel and come back). No one else I have followed is having their channels taken down – only the people questioning these events and people questioning and exposing the Zionists and Freemasons – as Youtube is owned by the Zionists of course. Far more offensive channels are left up. Anyway… Three of the most obvious phony fake hoax events: the Boston Bombing , Sandy Hook, Orlando Pulse nightclub shooting – if you can’t see or work out that these are totally fake events… then… well.. Speechless… And there are just so many more… so many

    Link to Article: False Flags – Fakes Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists

    The fake events are one of their main tools for manipulating humanity. The powers that be (the zionists / jewish supremacists) can’t go around just blowing people up and killing people – you would get hundreds and thousands of very angry family members, large groups of very irate people to deal with, who would certainly question your homeland security – and also, karmically it’s not good for them – so you deceive the public with fake events. These ‘events’ put people in fear and they are also used to attempt to bring forth various agendas – gun control, martial law, armed police, automated travels systems, Islamophobia, World War 3 etc etc – essentially more and more control over us.

    Through all the UFO psyops ‘the powers that be’ are also trying to distract the awakening / alternative media community from the Zionists activities. When you go down the rabbit hole it leads to the Zionists, it just does – I believe there are definitely some ET races that are ultimately in control of this planet and governments – but in dealing with practicalities of day to day on Earth the Zionists tactics and agendas need to be understood… and all the lies they have told..

    Israel / Zionists / the jews, this is where it all leads. They own hollywood, the corporations, the media… they are in charge. And they are trying to create conflict in the middle east – they are trying to destabilize that region, taker it over and essentially try to run this planet from there – from Israel.

    They also want to distract from the fake North Korean threat – that is fake – look at the fake Otto Warmbier case – so fake – and all the North Korean photoshopped pictures, just for starters. And the fake threat from Muslim fundamentalists – that is fake as well, there are not any muslim terrorists running around Europe or the US shouting ‘allahu akbar’ and killing people – again, these events are fake and set up by the Freemasonic and Zionists. I am not saying there aren’t some groups of young Muslim men causing trouble in Europe, after all this mass immigration – as this is the case – but they aren’t running around and blowing things up – they aren’t running people over in cars and shooting people… these ‘terrorist events’ are fake… crisis actors. They also want to distract you from what is going on in Palestine – it is just shocking what has been done to the Palestinian people. And, we of course, know that Israel was the main force behind 9/11.

    I realise that I have gone from the Controlled Opposition in the alternative media to the Zionists – that is how this article evolved – and it is not surprising because all the problems on this planet seem to lead to the Zionists and the jewish supremacists / International Jewry.

    And don’t take my word for it on any of this – research it yourself – I am confident in my conclusions regarding all the players, but you need to come to your own conclusions through investigation, but please always bare in mind that these people who call themselves ‘insiders’ or someone ‘in the know’ could well be Controlled Opposition – and may well be subtly deceiving, manipulating, distracting, pacifying, disempowering you… and have certain other agendas.

    It is scary to think about how much Controlled Opposition is out there.

    Most of these Controlled Opposition operatives are there to keep you distracted, to get hooked on their stories so you don’t work out what the Zionists are trying to do. So I will conclude with an overview of some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas.

    A brief overview of just some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas:

    They would like to take away all American citizens guns so they can take over that very significant country. Hence why there are so many fake hoax shootings to try and bring this to fruition. (Sandy Hook, Virginia Reporter, Orlando Pulse Nightclub, Mandalay Las Vegas etc etc)

    They would like to also have automated vehicles, taking away millions of jobs and hugely increasing their control over humanity. They also want more restricted driving in cities, using electronic bollards that they control etc. Again, hence why we have all this fake hoax terrorist acts of people being run down by cars, vans or lorries. (Nice France, Stockholm Sweden, Times Square, Melbourne Australia etc etc)

    They also want to bring in 5G towers which will be so incredibly harmful to all of humanity.

    They want to increase the use of artificial intelligence in all areas of life – which is going to be hugely damaging to humanity in so many ways. People must remember that all this technology is being used against humanity.

    They want genderfluid androgynous type beings ( just like the ‘baphomet’ they worship ) – they want to promote homosexuality and transgender people – and move humanity away from being strong masculine men or nurturing feminine females – as this is a threat to them. They want to destroy Family in the Western Developed Nations (i.e mainly White Nations).

    Through the use of poisons in vaccines, poisons in food, poisons in water, pharmaceutical drugs, chemtrails, EMFs etc they want to make us sick, weak and infertile.

    They want all nations, races and cultures to merge and interbreed. The Zionists/International Jewry create all the immigration on purpose. They particularly want to destroy the White Race – research The Kalergi Plan. White Genocide is one of their biggest agendas. Read my articles on this site: one about (((Multiculturalism))) and one about being Racially Conscious.

    They are hugely threatened by patriotic and nationalistic countries who want independence from the Zionist Bankers. Hence why Gaddafi and Hitler were taken out and so many lies have been spread about them, even though they were looking after the people in their country – and to do this they were breaking away from the jewish banking cartels (Central banks).

    They want to keep us in fear and they want more and more control over us… they have so many more tactics and agendas…

    And of course, the Zionists want to run the world from the Middle East, hence why they go to great lengths to destabilize that region and to eradicate the Palestinians. They want to rebuild Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem and rule over the ‘Goyim’.

    As well as all this, understanding the lies told to us about the Second World War, Hitler and Germany is hugely important. My article below has information in it that will help you to become informed about the Satanic Zionists and the lies we have been told about Hitler, National Socialism and WW2.

    There is a great deal of evidence for all of this, it’s all over the internet now – and many books have been written about it. And again, my article on Zionism contains a lot of information, links, quotes and videos. Humanity needs to come together and rise up against these Zionists. It’s not the Illuminati – it is the Satanic Zionist Jews.

    “And we in the real Truth movement are aware that we are not up against a NWO, or the Illuminati, but a Jew World Order. With International Jewry pulling all the strings.” — https://diggerfortruth.wordpress.com

    This New World Order is absolutely a jewish agenda. This New World Order agenda all comes from the jewish doctrines and scriptures (the Talmud, the Kaballah, the Zohar, The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion)… it is also written about and spoken about by many jewish scholars … it’s all there… no escaping from it, this is where it originates from… not difficult to work it out really… (If you haven’t, then you have to study the Talmud and learn what it says about non-jews (goyim)… and The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion explain the whole NWO agenda and how they are doing it)

    I mean come on, it really is obvious – all the Central Banks are jewish run, Hollywood (Pedophile central degenerate Hollyweird) is totally run by jews – the lying media networks are totally run and owned by jews… anyway various other articles on this website explain all this.

    Zionism is the term we are allowed to use, to some degree, but the reality is that it is International Jewry and Judaism that want this One World Government / New World Order – and International Jewry is very obviously behind the Open Borders and Globalisation. We must stop the Open Borders before many unique races and cultures are destroyed.

    “The “Jewish revolutionary spirit” , as it has been called, operates on an insidious agenda of social overthrow under the false pretences of making a better world. The Jewish ideal of tikkam olam, “fixing the world,” is not the benevolent program it pretends to be. Its actual aim is to enable total Jewish dominance of the Goyim, the non-Jewish nations, and centralization of all wealth and power in the Jewish elite… The trajectory of history over three millennia shows that Jews have been centrally involved in the corruption and destruction of many civiilizations.” – John Lash

    We must all become more conscious and see through all the lies – we must become aware of how this prison/slave planet really works and all the secret societies agendas. In particular we must understand the Jews / Zionists and Freemasons (Masons) agendas – their striving for a ‘New World Order’. We must understand their tactics, such as the their staging of fake terrorist events, divided and conquer psyops, chemtrails, the Kalergi Plan – etc etc… so many other tactics that they use to manipulate humanity and the collective consciousness.

    I recommend researching the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion – there is a summary of what these protocols involve in the article about Zionism below – this Zionism article I keep mentioning is the most important article on this website. Love is important and inspiring – but unfortunately the saying ‘All you need is Love’ is not true – you need knowledge, you need to be informed, you need to know who your oppressors are. Reading the article below and also understanding these Protocols will definitely help you to understand why the world is the way it is.

    The Power-base of the elite Jews / Zionists is Usury – i.e the Central Banks and the debt-slave system. To me it seems like that until we take away their Debt Slavery power-base we are just papering over cracks, nothing will really change – this debt slavery is obscene and totally unnecessary and needs to stop – it is the root cause of humanity’s suffering. People do not seem to realize that countries thrive when they print their own money – when they control their own debt-free currency. It is easy to create an extremely healthy, happy and abundant country when you do this, when you get rid of Usury. Here is a link to a book about this – describing the various leaders and countries that did this. The book also describes who it was that put an end to each countries prosperity – the book clearly demonstrates it was always the Jewish Bankers: A History of Central Banking & The Enslavement of Mankind

    Too many people are getting distracted by Controlled Opposition agents, with their pacifying stories and disinfo. As well as seeing through all the lies and manipulations we must come up with solutions and make changes.

    I hope some of this information may prove useful to you.

    End.

    ****

    Links to related posts:

    The Controlled Opposition - Disinformation Network is vast - Fulford is part of this campaign

    http://entityart.co.uk/controlled-opposition-david-wilcock-corey-goode-darryl-anka-bashar-benjamin-fulford-cobra-edward-snowden-julian-assange-trump-putin-ufology-alternative-media-psyop/
    Controlled Opposition – David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Darryl Anka (Bashar), Benjamin Fulford, Cobra, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, Trump, Putin – Ufology – Alternative Media August 10, 2017 Controlled Opposition – Corey Goode, Cobra, Bashar (Darryl Anka), David Wilcock, Benjamin Fulford, David Icke, Edward Snowden, Trump, Putin etc… (I used a picture of ‘Ashtar’ from ‘Ashtar Command’ as that is a huge psyop and is associated with Cobra. I am referring to Cobra from the website ‘The Portal’) Interestingly, this article leads to Fake Terrorism, North Korea, Zionists and Israel. Anyway, here are some of my thoughts on Controlled Opposition in the alternative media (A hint: It’s everywhere!) Introduction It can be very disheartening when you are awakening to what is happening in the world – as when you really do your research and become informed you realize that most of these prominent ‘players’ in the alternative media are Controlled Opposition. And I have been shocked about the amount of Controlled Opposition operatives and Gatekeepers there are – and how hard people will push unsubstantiated claims. An example for you: Alex Jones and InfoWars is perhaps the most obvious controlled opposition operation going. We also have David Icke and Jordan Maxwell who are also Controlled Opposition… ‘what?’ you say … ‘some of their videos woke me up’, etc…. (they initially helped me as well) But, yep, it seems to be the Zionists and Freemasons putting people in place to get you to rely on them – so they give you some truth to draw you in and then some carefully selected disinfo and then also failing to include some pieces of important information. Just like all Controlled Opposition. The alternative media is a minefield. (Both these guys appear on the Richie Allen show – Richie Allen is controlled opposition. And David Icke even appears on the shill Alex Jones’s show!) There are certain things they are not telling us. Particularly about the Real Truth about Fake Terror Events, the Freemasons, Hitler, The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP), The Second World War, etc. The Zionists et al like to try and control every stage of awakening – and there are different levels of awakening. David Icke has appeared on mainstream television at least three times in the UK! People who know about the depths of global conspiracy know that the Zionists wont allow someone to appear on mainstream TV if they don’t want them to. I am not saying these people don’t have some legitimate information, but you must research beyond them, they are limited – and they are manipulators and givers of half-truths. (David Icke promotes getting rid of racial and cultural identity, as well as getting rid of any religious beliefs – and generally promotes letting go of having a strong identity. This is exactly what these Freemasonic Zionist Talmudic Elites want! We are much easier to control and manipulate when we let go of racial, cultural and religious identity – humans are much more passive when they don’t have these identifications. This is why Icke never exposes ‘The Kalergi Plan’ and certain parts of ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’. He promotes this idea that only way to repel these forces of darkness is to focus on ‘infinite love’, that, ‘everything, everything, everything else is an illusion!’ This is an obvious pacifying psyop and a manipulation. This ‘just focusing on love’ will not save us from the Satanic Zionist New World Order. Knowledge, critical thinking, practical solutions and taking action is what is needed. Icke does twelve hour shows and writes many huge books, but most of it is distraction and deflection – and real practical solutions are not offered by him… and again, just focusing on love is not a solution, it is a pacifying psyop. He is obvious controlled opposition. David Icke subtly promotes Cultural Marxism, which is extremely damaging to Humanity.) The UFO community, in particular, can be incredibly naive and get distracted and carried away with the fantastical ET stories that give them some hope. I am not going to say that I haven’t been a little caught up with someone’s information until I realised it to be coming from someone who was clearly Controlled Opposition. But then eventually you see some of the agendas behind the operation – and see the disinfo they put out. When you go far down the rabbit hole it can all get little scary and something within you is looking for some ‘hopium’ ie – ‘there must be some good guys down here fighting back’, then these people come forward and say I have an ‘insider that I know’, or ‘I am an insider’ – and often they come with statements or firm predictions of change – ie: everything will change this year in the fall of 2016, or you will see great changes in this most of this year etc. These people are really just there to disempower you, pacify you, distract you and feed you bits of disinfo. I particularly research the extraterrestrial and ‘Milab’ phenomenon because of my various and numerous experiences – i.e ET abductions and memories returning of times spent in some sort of secret otherworldly operations and becoming lucid during some of these missions / abductions. I have an article on this website describing my experiences. But I also research many other facets of the global conspiracy. Particularly all the fake terrorism and fake shootings – all the nonsense that the Freemasons and Zionists set up – the staged drills that are passed of as real. You cannot understand what is going on on this planet if you do not understand that all these terrorism events are Fake and Set Up by the Freemasons and Zionists – as I said earlier, they are usually drills passed off as real using paid crisis actors – and sometimes they even use CGI in them. (I should clarify that when I mention the Freemasons I am mainly taking about the 33rd degree Masons and above, the lower levels are oblivious of the true purpose of Freemasonry.) Link to Article: False Flags – Fake Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists Anyway, throughout history Controlled Opposition has been used to control the masses. It catches people like a net, holds onto them for a while, distracts then, gives them some truth and also carefully selected pieces of disinfo. The people who are in charge of this planet employ this all the time. “A controlled opposition is a protest movement that is actually being led by government agents. Nearly all governments in history have employed this technique to trick and subdue their adversaries.” Notably Vladimir Lenin said: “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.” Below are my perspectives on various people I have come across in my research – I hope I inspire others to think critically and to question all these so called ‘insiders’ – and for people to get an idea of how Controlled Opposition works. Corey Goode, David Wilcock, Cobra, Fulford, Snowden – and others Some obvious Controlled Opposition within, or related to, the UFO field of research is: David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Cobra (the portal), Benjamin Fulford, Simon Parkes (Parkes fairly recently appeared on mainstream TV here in England, this should send up red flags for you, you don’t appear on mainstream TV if you are not controlled) etc etc – and there are blogs that promote many of these people that are also Controlled Opposition — these blogs are normally just set up primarily by people, who themselves are controlled, to the promote these other controlled agents. ‘Stillness in the Storm’ is an example of one of these Controlled Opposition blogs which vigorously promotes and defends Wilcock and Goode, as well posting about Fulford and Cobra. And there is also ‘Discerning the Mystery’, which has been obviously set up just to promote Corey Goode, Cobra, and David Wilcock etc. It is very interesting that as soon as the ‘Discerning the Mystery’ website was set up ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting ‘Discerning the Mystery’ articles on his blog, promoting him – just as he did with Jordan Sather. As soon as Jordan Sather’s youtube channel was up it was promoted immediately by ‘Stillness in the Storm’, and who does Jordan Sather work with now? Corey Goode! There is a network of Controlled Opposition here people all backing each other. (If you research a great deal and have an excellent memory – you see unusual things in the alternative media and you see networks of controlled opposition) And when Corey Goode started working with Bridget Nielsen ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting about her as well. This is the woman who says she has had sex with reptilians and it was great! Seriously, how does that help humanity – articles about this? Again, a network of Controlled Opposition promoting each other. We also have Michael Salla – he again – I will use the phrase again: Controlled Opposition – he is connected to all these people I have just mentioned in the above paragraph. He promotes Goode and Wilcock and various others in this group – and Stillness in the Storm promotes Salla. Salla puts out some ridiculous articles, for example: ‘Will Trump release all the advanced technology found in Antarctica if he is elected?’. Trump is working for the Zionists, of course he isn’t just going to release any technology just for the benefit of humanity! And of course we can see that Trump hasn’t released any. (I know that some of the ‘intel’ that some of these people put out can be very compelling, I followed some of these people for a while before I worked them out. ‘How can they not be ‘of the light’ when they put out this type of info?’ – read the rest of the article and about how it all works.) Within the ‘Secret Space Program’ area of research we also have William Tompkins – who is obviously Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation – and is only divulging what he is allowed – and also the same with Randy Cramer. They are told by the people who control the organisations that they are affiliated with, what to divulge and they do as they are told. It is obviously all scripted, to add to the distraction of humanity — and to add to the SSP limited-hangout operation. I have written about the Corey Goode ‘Sphere Being’ psyop / cult on this website – it is one of the the most obvious limited hangout and Controlled Opposition operations out there. It seems to be creating a cult, a ufo religion and now trying to capture the minds of the younger generation – again, like a net drawing them in and trying to hold onto people as long as possible. Corey also seems to want to control all the SSP disclosure narrative and also try to sanitize what is going on in them – and there is very obvious saviour programming in there as well – which disempowers and pacifies people. And why does humanity need to hear so much about Corey’s UFO stories, it is beyond me – how does it benefit people to hear so much about unsubstantiated ET stories like these? It is dangerous what he is doing – these SSP projects (if they exist) are not to be taken lightly – they will be ruining lives – and run by incredibly nefarious people. People who believe Corey Goode is genuine have still got various levels of awakening to work through. On YouTube peoples channels are being taken down left, right and centre for exposing the fake terrorism and the use of crisis actors, for exposing jewish tyranny and Zionism’s crimes, for exposing the WW2 and Hitler lies we have been told etc etc. Thousands of videos are being censored by Jewish Zionist controlled Youtube – just for people exposing and questioning… whatever happened to free speech!. “The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation”. But here we have someone like Corey, he isn’t being censored and is not going to be censored – because he is Zionist psyop – a controlled opposition agent. And this whole ‘raising your vibration’ rhetoric is just there to pacify you – I have been meditating (and eating very healthily) for many years and this ‘raising your vibration’ is not going to sort things out on this planet… and how come so many people are working at this ‘raising your vibration’ but the world is getting worse all the time – more control mechanisms implemented all the time, more censorship, more destabilizing of the middle east, more refugees, more mass immigration (and we potentially have 5G towers coming soon) etc etc. What we need to do is become wise knowledgeable critical thinkers, come up with solutions, stand-up to tyranny and take action! The Corey Goode psyop is there to pacify you and distract you. And I am not saying there isn’t probably some sort of Secret Space Program, but you wont be getting the real truth from these so called ‘whistleblowers’. And, yes, of course, it is good for you to meditate and eat a healthy diet, but it wont sort out the problems on this planet, that’s for sure – it should help you get some clarity of mind – but it wont make you knowledgeable, proactive, solution orientated and capable of critical thinking. I recommend this article below on Corey Goode for some more insights on his particular pysop: Link to Article: Cosmic Disclosure – Corey Goode – Controlled Opposition – Secret Space Programs (SSPs) This other group of ‘Secret Space Program Whistleblowers’: Penny, Illeana, Tony, Kevan and their disinfo agent associate ‘Peter the Insider’ ( These people are all very clearly creating another limited-hangout, and are just another group of Controlled Opposition ). I discuss this group as well as other SSP whistleblowers in detail in another article of mine: ‘Nazis’ – Secret Space Programs – ‘Dark Fleet’ – Disinfo I have also written about Cobra on this website. I have looked through the majority of his interviews and followed his intel for quite some time and I also looked through a website that had collated Cobra’s responses to questions – there is so much disinfo in there and lots of pacifying and disempowering responses – if you research the global conspiracy like I do – you can see the disinfo and the agendas. It also, like Corey Goode’s info, contains saviour programming – here instead of ‘blue avians’ and ‘inner earth’ groups it promotes this totally unsubstantiated idea of a ‘resistance movement’ on ‘planet x’ – and also the unsubstantiated idea that there are some pleiadians that he is working with to help free humanity. These stories are absolutely pacifying and disempowering people – stopping them from coming up with solutions for humanity. He talks about these ‘toplet bombs’??? and other exotic weapons – he says that there are ET groups that are clearing all these bombs that are surrounding us here on Earth. For five years he has been saying this! And he say things like we are close to clearing them all – and then, ‘low and behold’ they have found some more and some more weapons have been found – then the next month – and again, its ‘oh we found some more toplet bombs’ etc – over and over again this goes on! And of course Cobra talks about Ashtar Command and Galactic Federation etc etc – pacifying and disempowering – these are psyops. Cobra has also promoted this book by Ishtar Antares called Aurora 2012, which I have read – that also made some predictions that didn’t come true, and which also contained other disinfo regarding the psyop that is Ashtar Command. And Cobra also promoted this guy Drake in 2012, who was a psyop, who also predicted changes in 2012, as did Wilcock who aligned himself with Drake – why do people forget about all these things? Unfortunately, my fellow humans, we have to sort all this insanity on this planet out ourselves. People need to realise that Cobra has been saying the same things over and over again for over 5 years. And of course Cobra does joint interviews with the obvious psyop Corey Goode – which should send up red flags for you. This ‘The Event Is Coming Soon’ rhetoric put forward by Cobra and others is a huge psyop and so pacifying and disempowering. When you are knowledgeable, and know how these Freemasons and Zionists work, you know their tactics and see through their psyops more easily. This so called ‘Event’ is not coming soon my friends, please don’t sit back and wait for this ‘Event’. This ‘Event’ is a made up thing to pacify – the whole ‘solar flash’, ‘spontaneous ascension’ – these terms, are of course, also pacifying psyops. Sorry to tell you this my friends… hard to hear if you bought into these stories, they had me for a little bit, but I know too much about all the other areas of the alternative media and global conspiracy. Educate yourself about the Freemasons and the Jewish Zionists plans and take action. Link to Article: Cobra, (The Portal) is Controlled Opposition putting out Disinfo David Wilcock continually tells us the ‘End-game’ is near, or words to that effect – how many endgame type articles is he going to write? One each year? One every 6 months? Again, he is disempowering and pacifying us – the endgame is not near. For example – ‘It’s ok, we can relax the ‘Endgame’ is near!’ I do not think it is near. David Wilcock is obvious Controlled Opposition – some truth mixed in with a good amount of disinfo. His so called ‘insiders’, and contacts – people like Pete Peterson for example, are also obvious Controlled opposition, basic stuff from these people who give us little titbits of carefully controlled info. Wilcock also collaborates with Corey Goode, who is also obvious Controlled Opposition, Wilcock also comments on Benjamin Fulford, who again is obvious Controlled Opposition. Wilcock also promotes this idea of a mass spontaneous ‘ascension’ – again, disempowering people, pacifying people – stopping people being proactive and make changes to benefit humanity and detach from the satanic matrix system – we can wait for ‘the resistance movement’ – or the ‘sphere being alliance’ or the ‘inner earth groups’ or the ‘ ascension wave of energy’ or ‘The Event’ – these groups of events will sort all out all our problems apparently. They are disempowering and pacifying the public – over and over! Don’t sit back and wait for any of these things my friends. We also have people like Edward Snowden and Julian Assange – totally controlled opposition and limited hangouts. What has Snowden released that people who are knowledge didn’t already know? – nothing – and he even gave out disinfo about 9/11. His is info is basic, and he is obviously controlled and some type of agent. Pretty much the same things can be said for Julian Assange… controlled. An article about Snowden the controlled agent: http://www.renegadetribune.com/frosty-edward-snowden/ And Benjamin Fulford won’t tell you that Snowden and Assange are just Controlled Opposition Limited Hangouts. And Fulford wont tell that all these terror events are fake – he might say some are false flags but that stills perpetuate the myth that people were killed and it perpetuates the fear they create. But they are hoaxes, totally fake – just one example for you: the Russian Ambassador shooting – this is such an obviously fake shooting. Fulford will not tell you that these so called terror events were set up by the Freemasons and Zionists to further their agendas. Benjamin Fulford is obvious Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation. (Update: This Q Anon rhetoric is an obvious pacifying psyop, there is no purge going on. In fact, people who are moved out are usually people who are not staunch Zionists and don’t support Israel enough – that’s usually why they are moved out. Look how staunch Zionist Warmonger John Bolton got moved into a very prominent position. Q Anon is a psyop to deceive and pacify the naive and less well informed Goyim.) People get hooked on what all these people are saying – they sit back and think these guys have it all in control – these so called ‘insiders’ – but they are just telling us stories – but it’s all just carefully controlled commentaries from these people, with some disinfo. Better to spend your time looking to make some practical changes on this planet and learning about the Zionist and Freemason agendas and researching all the fake terror events – so that these fake events have less effect on the collective. We have people saying ‘the cabal’ or ‘the illuminati’ – But I think people should be just saying the Zionists and Freemasons – I think these alternative names are a psyop. Go down the rabbit hole geopolitically and it leads to the Zionists, Freemasons and Israel. Freemasonry is a Jewish establishment, it is run by Jews — Freemasonry is being used as a tool by the Zionist Jews to bring about their New World Order. It is related to rebuilding Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem – they want to dominate the world (the ‘Goyim’) from there. “The meaning of the history of the last century is that today 300 Jewish financiers, all Masters of (Masonic) Lodges, rule the world.” – Jean Izoulet, prominent member of Jewish Alliance Israelite Universelle, 1931 “At the head of all those secret societies, which form provisional governments, men of the Jewish race are to be found.” – Benjamin Disraeli, Jewish, Prime Minister of England Anyway, I have an article on this website all about Zionism which will explain all this for you. There is a link at the end of the article. ********** (* An update due to a comment received: — Michael Tellinger is 100 percent controlled. He is a controlled limited hangout. I read his Ubuntu book when it first came out – sounded good initially – but I was ill informed and very naive back then. His system is not anti-NWO – it actually plays right into their hands. Tellinger is on gaimtv.com / gaia.com – this organisation is a Zionist limited hangout shill operation. So many shills on Gaia.com. Tellinger even did an interview with Goode and Wilcock on Gaia as well! Two of the most obvious shills out there. There is so much about the (((New World Order))) agenda that Tellinger and associates are distracting people from.) ********** Fraudulent Predictions and Statements for upcoming change… and channelers — Bashar, Adronis, Abraham Hicks etc So we have Wilcock regularly making endgame, or the battle is nearly won, statements in his articles. Wilcock also backed and made predictions in 2012 regarding this fake guy ‘Drake’ – people forget how wrong Wilcock was then, and Cobra was involved with this. Corey Goode said everything will change in in 2016 and it didn’t – now he is pushing a three year disclosure plan – what ridiculousness. More disempowering. Wilcock also wrote an article whereby he perpetuates the idea that people actually died in the Boston Marathon Bombing – when anyone who is a real researcher knows that the boston marathon bombing was another fake hoax event a drill passed of as real. Cobra is also affiliated with the website ‘prepare for change’ change – more disempowering – it should be Create Change! Let’s just sit back and prepare for change, what a disempowering and pacifying slogan – again, it should be Create Change. We also get these popular channellers like Bashar and Adronis, for example, making predictions – they were both saying everything will change in the fall of 2016. The SSP ‘whistleblower’ called ‘Illeana’, also joined in with her own ‘channeling’ and also said all will change in the fall of 2016. Bashar is the most obvious psyop – he promotes a type of solipsism for one thing, saying that we create our own reality completely, which is nonsense, as we are in a collective consciousness and we are not in total control of our reality – again, we collectively create what happens here. And those in power and in prominent influential positions in the media, banks and government etc have by far the most control of what we create on this planet. Bashar also constantly distracts people from the global conspiracy, from the Zionists and Satanists etc – suggesting that if you look into that dark information then that is the sort of reality you will manifest – nonsense. We must shine a light on the dark to transform it. When these channelers and so called ‘insiders’ make statements on when things will change – be very suspicious. There is also the case of Aug Tellez now, who promotes himself as insider – and has put out lots of interesting information, but it is mostly information that I have heard before. I am wary of him because he has come out with the statement that everything will change in the fall of 2017. Why regularly put out a statement like that? It only pacifies and disempowers humanity. And also because he promotes the disinfo agent Donald Marshall – I am sure cloning does goes on, and we all know some really terrible things go on with the elites, but Donald Marshall is almost certainly controlled opposition with disinfo – some ridiculous things have been said by him, particular the things about Reptilians, such as them having this ‘thing’ come out of their head that goes into your eye and takes you over – obvious disinfo. I will certainly not be holding my breath about this Aug Tellez 2017 prediction! He also has very few details about the time he says he spent in Solar Warden – lots of information is given out which would be complex to many, but no solar warden details of operations he took part in. So I am not totally sure about Aug, I think we will see after this fall 2017. Will he be the first ‘insider’ to actually predict when the beneficial changes will come? Again, I doubt it very much. (Update: Aug Tellez is an obvious Zionist Controlled Opposition agent – it’s so obvious to me – lots of distracting information and some dis-info — distracting people from what is really occurring on this planet. People should research ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’ – and no it’s not a hoax, as the Zionist controlled media like to tell you – its a real document that was found – research it.) While we are in the subject of channelers: we have people like Bashar and Abraham Hicks putting forward this notion of people just trying to manifest an abundant life for themselves. You don’t need to transform the planet, they suggest – just try to manifest a happy and abundant life for yourself. Nope, actually we should be looking to highlight all the darkness, all the satanic practices – we need to bring it to the light to transform it. We need to work together to create change – helping each other, practical solutions etc – so we need to know where all the problems are and where they originate from. These two channelers are obvious controlled opposition psyops. And there are many other channelers who just go on and on about different ET races. Firstly, do people realize how easy it is for the ‘powers that be’ to manipulate these people – who they are channeling – most are not going to be channelling who they think they are. Anyway, regardless of this, what purpose does it serve to listen to a ‘channeler’ telling you about unsubstantiated info about ‘ET races’ – how does this help humanity evolve and break free from this Satanic Slave System and understand the tactics of the Zionists and Freemasons. Are these ‘channelers’ telling you any useful practical information regarding this planet. Nearly all are just distracting you. One more thing related to Bashar, he goes on about hybrid children – not human children, but hybrid children. Our human children are getting poisoned, abused, sacrificed and eaten on this planet! We do not need to worry about hybrid children! And this woman Bridget Nielsen aligns herself with Bashar and promotes making a safe place for the hybrid children to live. She also says that she has had sex with reptilians and it was great. Do you know who aligned themselves with this woman? – Corey Goode did. He is good ‘friends’ with her and does videos with her – it’s networks of Controlled Opposition – psyops linked together. Anyway, there is absolutely no benefit to humanity in the people making these statements and predictions with dates about big changes – the only purpose can be to dis-empower and pacify humanity – there is nothing else it can do. I would take them with less than a pinch of salt, and be suspicious of those who are making them – especially as all the statements so far have been wrong. And carry on researching, and carry on trying to make a positive and practical difference to this planet – and carry on learning about all the fake terrorism and fake shootings, the controlled opposition agents, the CIA limited hangouts, the Zionists, the Freemasons. Question everything and don’t stop learning. We need to become informed critical thinkers and then to come together somehow and make changes. Early ET abductions, Milabs researchers and whistleblowers The whole UFO field has been infiltrated by Controlled Opposition. Some of the first researchers like Barbara Bartholic and Dr Karla Turner appeared to be doing some diligent and credible research and investigations exposing the nefarious ETs – but it looks like they were killed off. It looks like was Phil Schneider as well, who seemed to be exposing some important information – and then the UFO field was then further flooded with agents (it’s always been controlled). We did have some testimonies that felt somewhat credible in the Milab, Secret Space Ops and Black Ops area, years ago – but now, in the two or three years or so, this area of research seems to filled with agents and disinfo. (Update: After completing further research I actually think these people mentioned in this paragraph were also controlled – See my ‘Ufology Explained’ article on this website.) Trump and Putin As I mentioned earlier one of the areas I spend a lot of time researching is all the fake terrorism. Some questions for people who believe Putin is some kind of savour: Why did Putin play along with, and essentially endorse, at least two fake terrors acts. Firstly the fake shooting of the Russian Ambassador in Berlin – it’s totally fake, research it – watch Ole Dammegard’s video on it, for starters. And Putin also endorses the St Petersburg Metro bombing – again, a staged drill passed of as real – fake. There are videos about these fake events in a playlist on my youtube channel. Why is Putin endorsing these fake deceiving acts, as well as playing along with other fake terrorism from around the world? Truth seekers who go far down the rabbit hole suggest that Putin is just playing a role – that pretty much all these western leaders are just playing their roles. I would also suggest he is just playing a role for the Zionists and their NWO agenda – and I certainly do not trust someone who deceives humanity like this. Putin also has a history of Jewish and Zionist connections, he is ex KGB, does huge tech and trade deals with Israel, glorifies the ‘Soviet Union’ and the ‘Red Army’, and he does not come out and condemn Netenyahu and Israel on a great many issues… and he hasn’t ended Debt Slavery/Usury in his country (which leaders who truly want to look after their people will always do). A link to an interesting article about Putin, and how he is not the saviour some people think he is: Puppet Putin: A collection of doubts around Putin’s credibility as opposition to the JWO agenda Putin has also made it illegal for people to question the holocaust in his country! Where’s the Free Speech?! ((The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation)). From my research I have found no evidence that any gas chambers were used or that any Jews died in gas chambers – there is lots of research which point to the fact that the gassing did not occur. Watch some Fred Leuchter (The Leuchter Report), David Irving, Ernst Zundel, David Cole and Dennis Wise videos on this subject for starters. The people you see dead in the videos and photos died from diseases such as Typhus, this was due to the allied bombings towards the end of the war, which took out the supply infrastructures in Germany, which meant medicine and food could not get to the work camps. Diseases spread quickly. The lies surrounding these camps is shocking. Its propaganda by the Zionists to try to gain sympathy for their Zionist agendas. I could go on about this subject and the lies we have been told about Hitler, WW2 and Germany’s National Socialism, but you can research it yourself. I also recommend the video: ‘Adolf Hitler – The Greatest story Never Told’ by Dennis Wise – this can get you started if you don’t know about this subject, you can watch it on YouTube. This link below will take you to a site with comprehensive evidence that the ‘holocaust’ did not occur: Holocaust Deprogramming Course (Another mention of David Icke and how he is controlled opposition. There is always lots of anti-Nazi rhetoric from Icke. He still perpetuates the total myth that Nazis used fluoride on people on the Jews in the WW2 work camps. Icke also suggests that Hitler and the Germans were involved in creating these poisonous vaccines we are given – which is lies. Icke does not even mention that the ‘Nazis’ never called themselves ‘Nazi’s’, and that they were actually called The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP) – the term ‘Nazi’ was actually invented by a jewish man called Konrad Heiden as a slur and disparaging term – and has since been used for the Zionist owned media’s anti-Hitler and anti-National Socialist propaganda. Icke also doesn’t expose the Dresden firebombings and the Rhine Meadows death camps – these horrific war crimes carried out on millions of innocent Germans. He doesn’t highlight how Hitler and The NSDAP miraculously transformed Germany by getting rid of the Jewish bankers influence and by printing their own money. And he doesn’t expose the biggest lie of the them all: The Holocuast Hoax. Again, David Icke is controlled opposition) Now to Trump: he is of course endorsed and praised by Putin. And in case anyone does not realize, Trump is exposed as an obvious Zionist. Look at what he has said about Israel… shocking… 100 percent backing for Israel he said… wow… supporting this disgraceful regime that is taking part in the incremental genocide of Palestinians. As well as this, look at Trumps behaviour related to visiting Israel and Netanyahu. (These Zionists have never had any right to Palestine – and The Palestinians are the semites.) And who has Trump surrounded himself with politically? I will tell you who: Loads of confirmed Zionists! Putin is friendly with and has endorsed and praised a very obvious Zionist … hmmm… what does all this suggest to you? Concluding Thoughts One of the purposes of this article is for people to become aware of what Controlled Opposition and Limited Hangouts Operations are – and to question all those people who suggest that they are insiders. Look for the signs – and one of the signs is that they start making statements of when great change will occur and attempt to pacify and disempower with various articles and statements. There are so many people out there who will try to catch you and distract you, feed you some disinfo. The way I see it is that one of the things they are distracting you from is all the fake terrorism: crisis actors are used – they are staged drills passed off as real, CGI is also used – I have been researching these fake events for over two years now. Who owns the media and sets up these events – it’s the Zionists and Freemasons. I have followed a whole community of people who were dismantling all these fake events on Youtube. So many of them have had their channels taken down for questioning these events and explaining to others how they are obviously fake (luckily most of them just make a new channel and come back). No one else I have followed is having their channels taken down – only the people questioning these events and people questioning and exposing the Zionists and Freemasons – as Youtube is owned by the Zionists of course. Far more offensive channels are left up. Anyway… Three of the most obvious phony fake hoax events: the Boston Bombing , Sandy Hook, Orlando Pulse nightclub shooting – if you can’t see or work out that these are totally fake events… then… well.. Speechless… And there are just so many more… so many Link to Article: False Flags – Fakes Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists The fake events are one of their main tools for manipulating humanity. The powers that be (the zionists / jewish supremacists) can’t go around just blowing people up and killing people – you would get hundreds and thousands of very angry family members, large groups of very irate people to deal with, who would certainly question your homeland security – and also, karmically it’s not good for them – so you deceive the public with fake events. These ‘events’ put people in fear and they are also used to attempt to bring forth various agendas – gun control, martial law, armed police, automated travels systems, Islamophobia, World War 3 etc etc – essentially more and more control over us. Through all the UFO psyops ‘the powers that be’ are also trying to distract the awakening / alternative media community from the Zionists activities. When you go down the rabbit hole it leads to the Zionists, it just does – I believe there are definitely some ET races that are ultimately in control of this planet and governments – but in dealing with practicalities of day to day on Earth the Zionists tactics and agendas need to be understood… and all the lies they have told.. Israel / Zionists / the jews, this is where it all leads. They own hollywood, the corporations, the media… they are in charge. And they are trying to create conflict in the middle east – they are trying to destabilize that region, taker it over and essentially try to run this planet from there – from Israel. They also want to distract from the fake North Korean threat – that is fake – look at the fake Otto Warmbier case – so fake – and all the North Korean photoshopped pictures, just for starters. And the fake threat from Muslim fundamentalists – that is fake as well, there are not any muslim terrorists running around Europe or the US shouting ‘allahu akbar’ and killing people – again, these events are fake and set up by the Freemasonic and Zionists. I am not saying there aren’t some groups of young Muslim men causing trouble in Europe, after all this mass immigration – as this is the case – but they aren’t running around and blowing things up – they aren’t running people over in cars and shooting people… these ‘terrorist events’ are fake… crisis actors. They also want to distract you from what is going on in Palestine – it is just shocking what has been done to the Palestinian people. And, we of course, know that Israel was the main force behind 9/11. I realise that I have gone from the Controlled Opposition in the alternative media to the Zionists – that is how this article evolved – and it is not surprising because all the problems on this planet seem to lead to the Zionists and the jewish supremacists / International Jewry. And don’t take my word for it on any of this – research it yourself – I am confident in my conclusions regarding all the players, but you need to come to your own conclusions through investigation, but please always bare in mind that these people who call themselves ‘insiders’ or someone ‘in the know’ could well be Controlled Opposition – and may well be subtly deceiving, manipulating, distracting, pacifying, disempowering you… and have certain other agendas. It is scary to think about how much Controlled Opposition is out there. Most of these Controlled Opposition operatives are there to keep you distracted, to get hooked on their stories so you don’t work out what the Zionists are trying to do. So I will conclude with an overview of some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas. A brief overview of just some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas: They would like to take away all American citizens guns so they can take over that very significant country. Hence why there are so many fake hoax shootings to try and bring this to fruition. (Sandy Hook, Virginia Reporter, Orlando Pulse Nightclub, Mandalay Las Vegas etc etc) They would like to also have automated vehicles, taking away millions of jobs and hugely increasing their control over humanity. They also want more restricted driving in cities, using electronic bollards that they control etc. Again, hence why we have all this fake hoax terrorist acts of people being run down by cars, vans or lorries. (Nice France, Stockholm Sweden, Times Square, Melbourne Australia etc etc) They also want to bring in 5G towers which will be so incredibly harmful to all of humanity. They want to increase the use of artificial intelligence in all areas of life – which is going to be hugely damaging to humanity in so many ways. People must remember that all this technology is being used against humanity. They want genderfluid androgynous type beings ( just like the ‘baphomet’ they worship ) – they want to promote homosexuality and transgender people – and move humanity away from being strong masculine men or nurturing feminine females – as this is a threat to them. They want to destroy Family in the Western Developed Nations (i.e mainly White Nations). Through the use of poisons in vaccines, poisons in food, poisons in water, pharmaceutical drugs, chemtrails, EMFs etc they want to make us sick, weak and infertile. They want all nations, races and cultures to merge and interbreed. The Zionists/International Jewry create all the immigration on purpose. They particularly want to destroy the White Race – research The Kalergi Plan. White Genocide is one of their biggest agendas. Read my articles on this site: one about (((Multiculturalism))) and one about being Racially Conscious. They are hugely threatened by patriotic and nationalistic countries who want independence from the Zionist Bankers. Hence why Gaddafi and Hitler were taken out and so many lies have been spread about them, even though they were looking after the people in their country – and to do this they were breaking away from the jewish banking cartels (Central banks). They want to keep us in fear and they want more and more control over us… they have so many more tactics and agendas… And of course, the Zionists want to run the world from the Middle East, hence why they go to great lengths to destabilize that region and to eradicate the Palestinians. They want to rebuild Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem and rule over the ‘Goyim’. As well as all this, understanding the lies told to us about the Second World War, Hitler and Germany is hugely important. My article below has information in it that will help you to become informed about the Satanic Zionists and the lies we have been told about Hitler, National Socialism and WW2. There is a great deal of evidence for all of this, it’s all over the internet now – and many books have been written about it. And again, my article on Zionism contains a lot of information, links, quotes and videos. Humanity needs to come together and rise up against these Zionists. It’s not the Illuminati – it is the Satanic Zionist Jews. “And we in the real Truth movement are aware that we are not up against a NWO, or the Illuminati, but a Jew World Order. With International Jewry pulling all the strings.” — https://diggerfortruth.wordpress.com This New World Order is absolutely a jewish agenda. This New World Order agenda all comes from the jewish doctrines and scriptures (the Talmud, the Kaballah, the Zohar, The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion)… it is also written about and spoken about by many jewish scholars … it’s all there… no escaping from it, this is where it originates from… not difficult to work it out really… (If you haven’t, then you have to study the Talmud and learn what it says about non-jews (goyim)… and The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion explain the whole NWO agenda and how they are doing it) I mean come on, it really is obvious – all the Central Banks are jewish run, Hollywood (Pedophile central degenerate Hollyweird) is totally run by jews – the lying media networks are totally run and owned by jews… anyway various other articles on this website explain all this. Zionism is the term we are allowed to use, to some degree, but the reality is that it is International Jewry and Judaism that want this One World Government / New World Order – and International Jewry is very obviously behind the Open Borders and Globalisation. We must stop the Open Borders before many unique races and cultures are destroyed. “The “Jewish revolutionary spirit” , as it has been called, operates on an insidious agenda of social overthrow under the false pretences of making a better world. The Jewish ideal of tikkam olam, “fixing the world,” is not the benevolent program it pretends to be. Its actual aim is to enable total Jewish dominance of the Goyim, the non-Jewish nations, and centralization of all wealth and power in the Jewish elite… The trajectory of history over three millennia shows that Jews have been centrally involved in the corruption and destruction of many civiilizations.” – John Lash We must all become more conscious and see through all the lies – we must become aware of how this prison/slave planet really works and all the secret societies agendas. In particular we must understand the Jews / Zionists and Freemasons (Masons) agendas – their striving for a ‘New World Order’. We must understand their tactics, such as the their staging of fake terrorist events, divided and conquer psyops, chemtrails, the Kalergi Plan – etc etc… so many other tactics that they use to manipulate humanity and the collective consciousness. I recommend researching the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion – there is a summary of what these protocols involve in the article about Zionism below – this Zionism article I keep mentioning is the most important article on this website. Love is important and inspiring – but unfortunately the saying ‘All you need is Love’ is not true – you need knowledge, you need to be informed, you need to know who your oppressors are. Reading the article below and also understanding these Protocols will definitely help you to understand why the world is the way it is. The Power-base of the elite Jews / Zionists is Usury – i.e the Central Banks and the debt-slave system. To me it seems like that until we take away their Debt Slavery power-base we are just papering over cracks, nothing will really change – this debt slavery is obscene and totally unnecessary and needs to stop – it is the root cause of humanity’s suffering. People do not seem to realize that countries thrive when they print their own money – when they control their own debt-free currency. It is easy to create an extremely healthy, happy and abundant country when you do this, when you get rid of Usury. Here is a link to a book about this – describing the various leaders and countries that did this. The book also describes who it was that put an end to each countries prosperity – the book clearly demonstrates it was always the Jewish Bankers: A History of Central Banking & The Enslavement of Mankind Too many people are getting distracted by Controlled Opposition agents, with their pacifying stories and disinfo. As well as seeing through all the lies and manipulations we must come up with solutions and make changes. I hope some of this information may prove useful to you. End. **** Links to related posts: The Controlled Opposition - Disinformation Network is vast - Fulford is part of this campaign http://entityart.co.uk/controlled-opposition-david-wilcock-corey-goode-darryl-anka-bashar-benjamin-fulford-cobra-edward-snowden-julian-assange-trump-putin-ufology-alternative-media-psyop/
    ENTITYART.CO.UK
    Controlled Opposition – David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Darryl Anka (Bashar), Benjamin Fulford, Cobra, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, Trump, Putin – Ufology – Alternative Media
    Controlled Opposition – Corey Goode, Cobra, Bashar (Darryl Anka), David Wilcock, Benjamin Fulford, David Icke, Edward Snowden, Trump, Putin etc… (I used a picture of ‘Ashtar&#8217…
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 6376 Views
  • The Idlib terror gangs explained
    The Warlord conflict in the north of Syria

    vanessa beeley

    This article was co-written by myself and Syrian military researcher and analyst Ibrahim Wahdi (now a journalist with Press TV) a couple of years ago . I wanted to republish to demonstrate the complex military situation on the ground in Syria as I will be shortly providing a summary of the situations in all conflict zones still remaining across Syria.

    Some of the positions may have changed and shifted but these changes are part of the fabric of ongoing negotiations in Syria led by Damascus, Russia, Iran and now Iraq which is trying to broker normalisation between Syria and Turkiye which must include the full withdrawal of Turkish military and proxy terrorist forces from the areas of northern Syria they have annexed and occupied.

    I believe Syria is now fighting to push back the terrorist forces from all areas of central Syria (ISIS) and areas north-west of Aleppo (Al Qaeda etc) in order to end any potential threat should the war with Israel escalate and expand into the region. I will go into more detail in the next article.

    *****

    Syria and the interconnected Turkish neo-Ottoman agenda in northern Syria.

    The role of Russia and its collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army is explored in depth and the areas where there is the greatest potential for conflict are revealed.

    The war in Syria is not over and there are many UK/US-backed terrorist shifting alliances to be taken into account as part of the geopolitical power game that is now entering its most dangerous stage.

    The tipping points are on multiple axes and it will take a great deal of political and military brinkmanship from Damascus and her allies to restore peace to Syria.

    WARLORD CONFLICT IN IDLIB

    Al Qaeda affiliate Hayat Tahrir Al-Sham (HTS) deployed its most powerful weapons and equipment, opened its depots and engaged the elite ‘Asa’ib’ fighters in the battles for Mount Al-Turkman.

    The last 28 members of Jund Allah (God’s soldiers), led by “Abu Fatima Al Turki” were expelled from the mountain. These fighters had been responsible for the killing of 9 HTS and the kidnapping of more than 10 gang members but they escaped safely.

    Muslim Abu Walid Al-Shishani (Murad Margoshivili), and his armed group “Junod Al Sham” have also fled the mountain after violent clashes with HTS. Murad’s brother “Abu Musa Al-Shishani” was captured trying to flee to Turkey and held at a Turkish checkpoint.

    Junod al-Sham was established in 2012 under the leadership of Muslim Al-Shishani. The majority of fighters were from the Caucasus countries. The group never exceeded 300 members. Almost half of them left with the defection of “Abu Omar al-Shishani” when he pledged allegiance to terrorist group ISIS in 2013.


    HTS is headed up by Abu Mohammed Al Jolani recently platformed in a Frontline interview in an apparent attempt to rebrand Jolani as viable Syrian opposition not the extremist violent former Al Qaeda leader he really is.

    Al Jolani’s battles with the Junod Al Sham, Jund Allah and Guardians of Religion gangs must be viewed in the context of the bombings and suicide vehicle operations that have targeted Turkish military points and patrols since the last military operation of the Syrian Arab Army in the area that ended with a ceasefire on March 5, 2021.

    The latest attack was on October 16th 2021 when a Turkish patrol was targeted killing two soldiers and injuring two more.

    Such tactics were adopted by unknown organizations such as the “Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq Brigades”. Al Jolani accused these splinter groups of conducting these attacks to secure Turkish support.

    The groups accused Jolani of using the attacks to blame unaffiliated groups in Idlib because he was seeking a monopoly in Idlib with Turkish backing. This is the gangs and counter gangs scenario that has been a hallmark of the US Coalition armed group activities in Syria since 2011.

    Here comes the Turkistan Islamic Party‘s (TIP) role. TIP consists primarily of al-Qaeda loyalists, originally from Xinjiang Province, northwest China (Uighurs).

    TIP has made a deal with Taliban leaders in cooperation with Turkish intelligence (MIT) to transport Junod Al-Sham and Jund Allah groups and leaders, alongside other terrorist fighters, to Afghanistan through Turkey according to local sources. The “Azm” operation room in Afrin has denied any existence of these groups despite having received them after they fled Idlib.



    BUT HOW WOULD THAT AFFECT IDLIB NOW?

    In order to understand and predict, we must first know who’s left in Idlib, their allegiances and their importance.

    Jihadist factions reconciled with HTS:

    “Jaysh al-Badia” and Jaysh al-Malahem, two small jihadist factions, whose first and last allegiance is to al-Qaeda, defected from HTS in late 2017, due to its separation from al-Qaeda, but recently returned under its wing.

    “Sham al-Islam” faction, which is stationed in Mount al-Turkman, northeast of Lattakia, and includes about 400 fighters, 150 of which are Moroccan leaders and fighters, in addition to 50 Sudanese, while the rest are Syrians.

    “Ansar al-Tawhid” faction, was formed in March of 2018, in Sarmin town in Idlib, from the remnants of the “Jund al-Aqsa” organization (that launched a war against several jihadist factions, which hastened its elimination). They pledged allegiance to al-Qaeda and joined the operations room ” Rouse the Believers” before declaring its independence from everyone in a statement issued on May 03, 2020.

    “Ajnad al-Caucasus“, led by Abdul Malik al-Shishani, was one of the most prominent organizations that fought the Syrian Arab Army and its allies during the SAA campaign to liberate southern Idlib and northern Hama. Battles were halted by a ceasefire agreement on March 05, 2020, when the group suffered heavy losses, with no more than 250 fighters remaining (according to local sources) forcing it to retreat.

    These groups do not pose a threat to HTS at the present time due to understandings between the leaders of the groups and HTS command:

    The “Albanian Brigade” (Xhemati Alban), an independent group led by the Macedonian Abu Qatada al-Albani, was established in 2013, and includes jihadists from the Balkan countries Macedonia, Kosovo and Albania, in addition to some Saudis and Syrians.

    Its fighters are trained in all types of medium and heavy weapons. They formed a special squad of Albanian snipers. They currently operate in Kabana in the countryside of Latakia. The ideological orientation of the battalion is similar to HTS and Al-Qaeda, and it maintains a good relationship with HTS without engaging in internal hostilities.

    The Salafist “Salah al-Din al-Kurdi Movement“, which began its activity in Syria in 2012, and is now deployed in Mont al-Akrad in Latakia’s northern countryside. The movement has its own training camp and local sources have informed the author that there is evidence that Qatar and Turkey are the bankrollers of the group. This claim is borne out by the fact that Turkey gave them a training camp in Afrin and they have close ties to the Muslim Brotherhood which is sponsored predominantly by Qatar.

    Its members are professional soldiers, and most of them hail from eastern Turkey, in addition to Syrian, Iraqi and Iranian Kurdish fighters. These Kurdish factions believe in the Sunni Muslim roots of the Kurds and aim to expand their influence throughout the Syrian Kurdish communities.

    “The Kurdish Immigrants of Iran’s Sunnis Movement”, the only Kurdish group that pledged allegiance to HTS. Most of its fighters come from northwestern Iran. Its fighters are fierce and highly trained, and guard important points in the Kabanah area. Additionally they deploy mobile offensive combat groups to guard some points of Mount al-Zawiya, south of Idlib City. The movement is led by “Abu Safiya al-Kurdi”, who participated in a meeting organised by al-Jolani with a number of Kurdish Salafist leaders in an Idlib mosque in mid-June.

    Islamist factions opposed to HTS:

    Al-Ghuraba Division (Strangers), which is deployed west of Idlib, and is led by the French-Senegalese jihadist ” Omar Omsen ” (Omar Diaby), who was previously arrested by HTS in August 2020 and his son Bilal was also arrested in late 2021. The French authorities accuse him of recruiting 80% of the French-speaking jihadists who went to Syria or Iraq.

    “Rouse the Believers Operations Room“, which was established in October 2018, and includes:

    – “Ansar al-Din Front” led by Abu Salah al-Uzbeki (Siraj al-Din Mukhtarov), from the Kyrgyz Republic. Founder and commander of the “Uzbek” battalion within HTS and the mastermind of the St Petersburg metro terrorist attack in Russia in 2017. He was arrested by HTS after his defection to Ansar al-Din in June 2020 and released in March 2021.

    – “Ansar al-Islam” faction, Kurdish Salafist group stationed in the vicinity of Jisr al-Shughour, west of Idlib, and in the Dower al-Akrad within the al-Ghab Plain, west of Hama. Around 200 members – majority Iraqi Kurds along with Syrian, Turkish and Iranian Kurdish fighters. It was founded in 2001 in northern Iraq (Iraqi Kurdistan) and fought against a number of Kurdish parties. It is considered the most fanatic among the Kurdish Salafist groups in Idlib, and the most powerful. One of its goals is to establish an Islamic state governed by Sharia Law.

    – “Guardians of Religion“, affiliated with Al-Qaeda, which was established in 2018 after defection from HTS. “Al-Zawahiri” recently complimented the group after they carried out a terrorist operation in western Damascus, on August 04, 2020 – The armed group announced in a statement that one of its divisions blew up a bus carrying officers of the “Republican Guard” in the capital, as part of the “Battle of Al-Usra” series, in “solidarity with the people of Daraa”.

    The group was considered to “devote itself to ‘jihad’ work inside the capitol (Damascus)”. Today the group is going through a difficult transition. Its leaders have been repeatedly targeted by US drones, giving the US the opportunity of testing its new tactical weapon such as Hellfire missile, (which indicates the hidden intelligence cooperation between al-Julani and the CIA),

    Frequent battles with Al Jolani on the ground in Syria have also reduced the number of fighters in the group. The organization included about 2,000 fighters of different nationalities when it was founded, but now that is less than 100.

    These factions are most likely to be the next target of Al-Jolani’s campaign to eliminate competition in Idlib and northern Syria.

    ISLAMIST FACTIONS COLLABORATING WITH HTS

    Perhaps the most prominent of the HTS allies is the aforementioned “Turkistan Islamic Party” or TIP, led by “Abu Suleiman al-Turkistani”. These are the Uighur Al Qaeda loyalists from Xinjiang Province in northwest China. TIP comprises around 8000 fighters who are distinguished by their savagery and combat prowess.

    TIP follows the HTS policies closely and secured the exit of extremist fighters from Mount Al Turkman during recent battles. It is unlikely that TIP will clash with HTS after violent disputes between the two groups.

    Al Jolani brought the TIP to heel and claimed that China was providing weapons to Damascus to eliminate them in Idlib and Hama countryside. This claim forced the TIP to reduce their presence in the main cities and to withdraw their families to the ‘refugee’ camps on the Syria-Turkey borders near the town of Harem.

    The importance of the party lies in its affiliation with the Muslim Brotherhood, which allowed it to establish strong relations with Turkey, Taliban and HTS at the same time. It is directly hostile to China. In September 2002 the US Treasury Department placed TIP on the list of terrorist organisations.

    Trump later removed the organisation from the list as part of the ramping up of US pressure on China for alleged “human rights” abuses against the Uighur population.

    There remain a handful of small independent groups of foreign extremist fighters and groups who will face one of two fates. Either to be subjugated or neutralized in order for Jolani to achieve absolute control over Idlib governorate. This is in preparation for a full integration with the factions under the umbrella of the Turkish-backed so-called Syrian National Army.

    This will complete the rebranding and recycling of HTS – a Turkish-UK-led agenda in northern Syria according to a ‘diplomatic source’ who informed Russian media, TASS in May 2021 that MI6 was involved in the project:

    The British side suggested that the Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham group (outlawed in Russia, also known as Jabhat al-Nusra) should announce plans to abandon subversive activities against Western countries and build close cooperation with them […] Mohammad al-Julani received recommendations to give an interview to an American reporter in order to create a positive image for the alliance that he heads and rehabilitate it in the future. There are plans to engage some of the UK’s allies, primarily the US, in efforts aimed at rebranding the al-Nusra group.”

    WHAT IS AL JOLANI’S ENDGAME IN IDLIB?

    Al Jolani is trying to prove to everyone, especially Turkey, that he is the only one capable of controlling Idlib province from a security and military perspective. Idlib can be described as another “Tora-Bora” with embedded terrorist organisations comprising some of the most deadly foreign mercenaries.

    Jolani is working on a reputation as the supreme warlord dissolving minor groups or reining in the more powerful factions. This is probably one of the main reasons that Jolani has not been assassinated by US/UK allied intelligence agencies, he is a useful asset in the last remaining terrorist-controlled pocket of north-west Syria.

    Jolani’s agenda directly overlaps that of Turkish President, Recep Tayyip Erdogan – to persuade Western countries to remove HTS from the UN and US terrorist list by demonstrating Jolani’s willingness to “fight terrorism” and endorsing his claims that HTS has no desire to conduct terrorist operations against the US, UK or EU by limiting their terrorism to Syria and against the Syrian people.

    Jolani’s rebrand presents him as the only viable political solution in Idlib which serves Turkey’s neo-Ottoman ambitions to have control over strategic Syrian territory. Turkey can appear to be complying with Russian brokered agreements by ostensibly expelling terrorist groups from the de-escalation zones and securing the safety of the M4 (Aleppo to Latakia road).

    Put simply, any group not complying with Jolani’s authority must be eradicated, prior to the great merger between the “Salvation Government” and the Turkish backed “National Coalition for Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces“.

    THE LEVANT FRONT

    Here we cannot ignore the “Levant Front” (LF), the largest faction of the “National Army” based in the countryside of Aleppo. The LF has formed a rival alliance to HTS in north-west Syria. It seeks to embrace the majority of political ‘opposition’ institutions in the areas of Aleppo countryside under its control combined with coordination with local armed groups to develop a shadow state in Idlib.

    LF influence has expanded significantly since early 2021. The LF headquarters near the Bab Al Salama crossing has become a destination for the leaders of the National Coalition. LF recently hosted the commander of the so-called “Syrian Islamic Council“, Sheikh Osama Abdel Karim al-Rifai.

    The battle for power in Idlib has resulted in a new factional map. HTS dismantling and restructuring of the “Ahrar al-Sham” (AS) movement, -which once represented an anti-HTS project- has pushed many AS members to defect and join the ranks of the LF seeking ideological synergy. Since early 2021 LF has received more than 900 AS terrorist fighters led by Alaa Faham who will form a brigade under the LF umbrella to confront HTS in the Aleppo countryside.

    In July 2021, the LF formed a new military alliance separate to the National Army and the Interim Government or “Azm Operations Room”. The majority of factions operating in Aleppo countryside have joined the new coalition and present a considerable threat to HTS supremacy in Idlib.

    Two months after the formation of the “Syrian Front for Liberation” (SFI) led by Al-Mu’tasim Abbas, the “Suqur Al Shamal Brigade” and the “20th Division” have defected and joined Azm increasing numbers to an estimated forty thousand comprising more than 15 factions deployed throughout northern Syria. This leaves SFL with only 3 factions and ten thousand fighters.

    The supposed Islamist project of the LF, its military alliance leadership and its expansionist policies in northwestern Syria do not automatically mean that it is preparing for a new round of conflict with HTS.

    On the contrary, we may witness a dramatic increase in coordination between the two powerful factions in various fields. De facto the LF alliance may facilitate the settlement of issues with Jolani which will pave the way for broader collaboration in the future.

    Russia is opposed to any political solution in the region that includes HTS. Russian and Turkish delegations have met several times in the border areas after the Erdogan-Putin summit in September 2021.

    Russia has requested a Turkish withdrawal from the eastern countryside of Idlib between the cities of Idlib and Saraqeb. This leaves Turkish forces in Idlib two options. First to repel any ground attack by the Syrian Arab Army which would result in serious losses for Turkish military, second to wait for the impending Syrian/Russian military campaign to liberate Idlib from terrorist occupation. The second option could result in Turkish bases being besieged as happened in 2019 and 2020.

    Local sources indicate that the Turkish military divisions in Idlib, especially south of the M4, have reinforced their bases and closed some main roads with engineering barriers. The Syrian leadership intends to regain control over southern and western Idlib to secure the M4 and perhaps advance towards Idlib city.

    There is potential for similar deals to be implemented as were recently successful in Daraa, south of Damascus city.

    The collaboration between LF and HTS is not a recent phenomenon. They were previously limited to the terrorist economy – fuel trade, crossing control, checkpoints but have developed considerably since the end of 2020.

    Certain opposition media outlets have reported that the two parties are coordinating in the security and military sectors. The Levant Front received officials and high ranking leaders from HTS in Azaz. A joint camp was recently established between Jolani’s forces and Sheikh Juma’a LF forces in the village of “Maabatli” as a trial military collaborative project.

    TURKISH MILITARY OPERATIONS AND THE ERDOGAN CONUNDRUM

    Turkey has weaponised the Muslim Brotherhood to expand military intervention in Syria, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Tunisia, Afghanistan and Libya.

    Turkey is suffering the repercussions of these neo-Ottoman ambitions with internal issues that include an economic crisis, refugee influx and a declining Turkish Lira.

    This has severely affected Erdogan’s popularity and combined with his deteriorating health, Turkish opposition parties are seeing an opportunity to win the upcoming elections in 2023 based on the resolution of the refugee issue as a primary concern for the majority of Turkish people.

    A Turkish journalist specializing in American affairs, Bahar Feyzan, had leaked information about Biden and Erdogan meeting on the sidelines of the G-20 conference in Rome recently, including the advice of US President Joe Biden to Erdogan to withdraw from running for the upcoming elections, saying, “Take your health condition as an excuse to leave politics.”

    Recent analysis by Steven A. Cook for Foreign Policy, covered the leak of media reports that claim Erdogan’s intention is to transfer authority to Defense Minister Hulusi Akar in case of any deterioration in his health, with a cabinet reshuffle and the appointment of Akar as First Vice President.

    Erdogan is fearful, under pressure and sick, and he appears to have no other options but to export his problems abroad in order to survive. The Kurdish problem in particular has always been an existential threat to Turkish national security, which makes it the easiest card for Erdogan to play including securing internal authorisation to send military forces to Syria and Iraq for an additional two years.

    With the increase in operations targeting Turkish soldiers in several areas, and the US-backed Kurdish Contra (SDF) non-compliance with the Turkish-Russian agreement in Sochi 2019, Erdogan is promoting a military campaign in north-east Syria to be conducted on four axes with an army of 35,000 comprising extremist mercenaries and Turkish armed forces.

    Erdogan summoned leaders of the interventionist operations – “Euphrates Shield”, “Peace Spring” and “Olive Branch” including the National Army to a meeting in Ankara to determine frontlines and strategy of the latest attempt to quell SDF influence in northern Syria.

    In addition to “Menagh” air base near Azaz, Turkey considers Ayn al-Arab (Kobani) among its main priorities, to cut SDF’s strategic support lines between Qamishli-Manbij-Kobani. This would ensure a direct link between Ras al-Ain and Tal Abyad with the Euphrates Shield areas.

    The National Army has sent several military convoys through Turkey to Darbasiyah near the Iraqi-Syrian border, in preparation for a military operation.

    NA leaders have announced the raising of combat readiness, and according to a military source in the National Army, the Turkish officers have informed them that Manbij will be a distraction axis, and the troops will advance towards Tal Tamr, Tal Rifaat, Ain Issa and Ayn Al-Arab, while Turkish reconnaissance planes dropped leaflets warning civilians to stay away from SDF military sites, and threatened a military invasion of the region.

    Practically, it is unlikely for Erdogan to risk a military adventure in northern Syria without international endorsement, especially in Tal Rifaat, where it might lead to a direct confrontation with Russia.

    Tal Rifaat is not a major stronghold for SDF, it is a strategic geographical target. It is also very close to Aleppo city which explains the Russian presence and recent large reinforcements sent by the Syrian Arab Army that include advanced T-90 tanks and BMP-2 armoured vehicles heading towards Malikiyah and Shawargha villages in northern Aleppo countryside. Both villages have experienced a violent exchange of shelling in the last few days.

    The most convenient scenario, for Turkey, if a military confrontation is unavoidable is for Tal Rifaat to be a distraction axis to keep the SDF militia pinned down there while the main operation would target between Tal Tamr – Ayn Issa and Manbij-Ayn Al-Arab because they are the major Kurdish strongholds.

    However Erdogan may refrain from military action altogether preferring to flex his muscles publicly by deploying tanks and forces in the area to trigger negotiations to share “security” in north-east Syria.

    Military action can be impeded by the imposition of a No Fly Zone over any area being considered for confrontation. Without Russian and US consent, Erdogan would be foolhardy to precipitate possible conflict with both. Reuters quoted a senior Turkish security official saying:

    The operation will start when all preparations are completed,” adding, “We are in coordination with Russia on the matter. The issue was addressed with the United States already,”.

    How true this claim is remains to be seen.

    Below is a video of a recent Turkish military convoy heading towards Tal Abyad:



    RUSSIA’S POSITION AND OBJECTIVES

    Russian Turkish relations are tense in Syria. Russia is unhappy with Turkish intervention in countries where Russia has geopolitical interests – Libya, Syria, Armenia, Ukraine.

    Ukraine used Turkish-manufactured UAVs against positions of eastern Ukraine forces affiliated with Russia.

    Russia has since sent a clear message by carrying out joint air exercises with the Syrian Arab Army in areas supposed to be Turkish targets for military invasion such as the vicinity of Tal Tamr, Tal Abyad and Ain Issa where the Russian flag has been raised.

    This is combined with auxiliary forces redeployment between the 93rd Brigade area and the Russian military base located in Tal Al-Samn. A big SAA reinforcement was sent to Manbij in preparation for another round of military exercises.

    This will complicate the situation for Erdogan who specifically wants Ain Issa due to its location on the M4 that links Latakia with Iraq through Aleppo and Hasaka in the north-east.

    Russia has also deployed the S400 air defense system at Qamishli Airport, along with twelve Su-34 bombers and five Su-35s, while the Syrian forces will deploy MiG-29, in addition to twelve Mi-8 helicopters and five Ka-52 Alligator at the Mitras military airfield, (30 km) south of Ayn al-Arab or as the US/Israeli-backed Kurdish separatists call it – “Kobani”.

    Despite the Turkish calls on Russia to cleanse Ayn al-Arab of Kurdish separatist militias, Russia does not favor the entry of the “National Army” into Ayn ​​al-Arab. It is keen to ensure the security of its military base in “Serrin”.

    Perhaps the clearest indication of repercussions for Erdogan-driven recklessness in northern Syria was the recent Syrian targeting of Sarmada which houses a communications headquarters for HTS.

    This was followed by airstrikes and artillery bombardment of Turkish-backed 23rd Division forces for several consecutive days and the targeting of camps and shelters of the Turkestan militias on the border strip with Turkey.

    We cannot separate the northeast from the northwest, as Russia may agree on a limited Turkish operation in exchange for parts of Mount al-Zawiya and the city of Jisr Al-Shughour, which is the most important part of the Turkish-Russian negotiation, especially if the Syrian-Kurdish negotiations fail.

    If liberated, the strategic areas of Mount Al-Zawiya and Jisr Al-Shughour will lead to the defeat of terrorism in a significant area of Idlib countryside. Regaining these areas is one of the most important military objectives of the Syrian Arab Army in the impending battles to secure the M4. The Russian Reconciliation Centre has been repeatedly announcing terrorist violations of the ceasefire agreement and the potential for the staging of a “chemical weapon attack” to provoke international outrage against the Syrian government.

    According to civilian sources:

    “More than 200 Turkish vehicles loaded with advanced weapons, ammunition and logistical materials entered Bab Al-Hawa and Khirbet al-Jawz crossings in two batches and deployed in the western countryside of Idlib and Mount al-Zawiya in order to strengthen its occupation points and provide direct support to terrorist organizations.”

    Watch – video of Turkish military vehicles entering Syria via the so-called ‘humanitarian’ crossing:



    The Turkish Humanitarian Relief Agency “IHH” announced the establishment of 16,239 briquette houses in Idlib Governorate. This is an indication of preparation for further displacement of civilians during an intensified military campaign.

    KURDISH-SYRIAN RAPPROCHEMENT

    With all the Turkish mobilization and media promotion of a huge Turkish military operation – waiting on international approval – the SDF has moved its most prominent military leaders from its headquarters adjacent to the Turkish border into the cities to protect them from the potential Turkish UAV attacks.

    The past few days have witnessed a remarkable rapprochement between the Democratic Union Party (the SDF backbone) Damascus and Russia. The SDF removed the “Al-Quwatli”, “Al-Shabab City” and “The Industrial School” checkpoints in Qamishli city.

    This lifts the longstanding siege on the security square of the Syrian forces in the city, which was imposed by the SDF after bloody confrontations erupted between the Kurdish units and the Syrian National Defense Forces back in April.

    The increasing Russian influence in the Syrian east and the American retreat, which is still in its early stages, means placing the fate of the SDF in the hands of Moscow not Washington.

    Despite the strenuous Russian efforts to reach a political solution with the Kurds, the US military presence is still a major obstacle. It is difficult to trust the Kurds who are divided among themselves and are far from autonomous having accepted US support to lay claim to Syrian territory.

    Damascus prioritises Syrian territorial integrity and a central governance structure. This would force the Kurdish Contras to hand the oil fields back to Damscus and to accept a similar agreement to Daraa. This would include the integration of Kurdish military into a Syrian military division similar to the Eighth Brigade of the Fifth Corps.

    The Kurdish factions are divided between those who lean towards the United States and a separate Kurdish state, while others seek to reach an agreement that guarantees some Kurdish rights, such as the language.

    The latter is in communication with Damascus to agree on a draft agreement between the Kurdistan Workers Party, the Democratic Union Party and the Syrian State. This would include the establishment of a joint military operations room for the Syrian Arab Army, SDF, Russian forces and other allies to repel any possible Turkish aggression, based on a statement from the Head of the National Initiative for Syrian Kurds, Omar Ossi to Al-Watan newspaper.

    According to Kurdish leaks a joint delegation of the Syrian Democratic Council and the Autonomous Administration headed by Ilham Ahmed visited Moscow, on Wednesday, September 15, 2021.

    Their meeting with the Special Envoy of the Russian President to the Middle East and Africa, Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov, put forward a proposal that recognised the legitimacy of the Syrian government and President Bashar al-Assad, would agree to raise the Syrian flag in the areas of the so-called Kurdish controlled Autonomous Administration, share the region’s oil imports – 75% for the central government and 25% for the Autonomous Administration – among other terms.

    Bogdanov informed the delegation that the only way to protect them is by cooperating with the Syrian Arab Army and the Syrian state directly to prevent a repeat Afrin scenario, when Kurds were ethnically cleansed by Turkish forces after the Kurds refused collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army in early 2018.

    In an interview with RT, the prominent leader of the Democratic Union Party (PYD), Aldar Khalil confirmed their readiness for dialogue with the Syrian state directly in Damascus, without going to Geneva. He added that:

    The resources and wealth in this region are not only ours. We do not have any intentions to monopolize them, but rather consider them a national treasure for all Syrians

    Khalil’s comments came days after the statements of Kurdistan Workers’ Party leader, Jamil Bayik, in an interview with Al-Nahar Al-Arabi newspaper where he said:

    Our relationship with Hafez al-Assad and his family was close and warm. We cannot be anti-Syria or anti-Assad. We have previously established our relations on the basis of the general interest of the Kurds and the Kurdish-Arab brotherhood. Now we want to be a party to such a relationship.

    These statements coincide with reports of an agreement between the Russian Reconciliation Center and SDF that provides for the handover of areas in the countryside of Deir ez-Zor to the Syrian Arab Army (Al-Shuhail, Al-Busira, Dhiban, Al-Hawaij, Al-Shafa, Al-Susa and Al-Baghouz).

    On Saturday 13th November the US pushed back against the Damascus-led negotiations with Washington’s Kurdish proxies. The official website of the SDF announced the arrival of US State Department officials and Ethan Goldrich – Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Near Eastern Affairs – in north-east Syria. The US Officials met with the Commander in Chief of the SDF, Mazoum Abdi to discuss ‘humanitarian and security’ issues.

    On the same day the US Embassy in Syria Twitter account announced that it would stay in Syria to ensure the “ISIS threat is eliminated” which can be interpreted as a reassurance for the Kurdish separatists as rumours abound of a US withdrawal which would encourage Kurdish factions to negotiate with Damascus.

    US RELUCTANCE TO SUPPORT TURKISH MILITARY INVASION OF SYRIA

    It wouldn’t be easy for Turkey to get US consent for a military operation in light of the US-Turkish differences that were clearly manifested when the US Department of Defence (DoD) recently expelled Turkey from the F-35 project.

    Turkey had threatened to buy SU-35s from Russia. The Biden administration has extended sanctions imposed on Turkey due to its military operation against Kurdish forces in Syria in 2019 for another year.

    Brett McGurk, US Envoy for the coalition ‘fighting ISIS’, resigned from Trump’s administration in protest against Operation Peace Spring and would now be one of the fiercest opponents of any new Turkish military campaign in Syria. The US will not necessarily step in to protect the Kurdish proxies but Washington will oppose any Turkish threat to US supremacy and economic interests in the region.

    The US military convoy movement in and out of Syria have increased in the past two months. The majority of these convoys come in empty and go back loaded with stolen oil. They are also involved in kidnapping civilians through airdrop operations in the countryside of Deir Ezzor and Al-Hasakah in the north-east.

    The “International Coalition” has recently transferred another batch of ISIS prisoners of foreign nationalities from the Industrial School prison in the Ghweran neighborhood in Al-Hasakah city to its base in Al-Shaddadi city south of Al-Hasakah.

    All these transfer and airdrop operations raise questions. Where are these prisoners going next? Are all these airdrops just to kidnap people or to extract valuable assets?

    CONCLUSIONS

    Between the Biden-Erdogan meeting, the Russian-Syrian military exercises and the SAA reinforcements in northern Syria, there are clear messages to be read:

    It is not just about Biden or European rejection of Erdogan. The transnational corporatocracy is tired of Erdogan’s neo-Ottomanism. His expansionist ambitions and blatant interference in multiple foreign state affairs, his weaponization of the refugee crisis and subsequent blackmailing of Europe, are all factors that make him a universal threat.

    It is very clear that Erdogan wants full or partial control of the M4. He knows that once he loses this leverage he will have no cards in his hand for negotiation. If Erdogan chooses to occupy alternative areas of Syrian territory he may find it will bring more problems than solutions. North of the M4 is agricultural, has no resources to plunder but is occupied by disparate and unruly terrorist groups.

    Once the M4 is fully liberated by the SAA, the only remaining prize to be claimed by Erdogan is Al Jolani himself who believes the Taliban model is achievable in Idlib and who is clearly an asset to US Coalition intelligence agencies as the new “Bin Laden”. Perhaps there is even potential of Al Jolani being squeezed out of Idlib and turning his attention to southern Turkey for his ideologically supremacist project?

    The regions of northern Syria are within Russia’s political calculations and any possible agreement with Washington will not authorize Turkey to launch attacks without a Russian green light which is very unlikely. Therefore any military operation will be limited and only Turkish-backed proxies will be used to conduct the unlawful military operations of Turkey’s criminal leadership.

    Russia has stressed to Turkey the need for military, security and political coordination in the ongoing difficult negotiations between the two sides. Washington has withdrawn from supporting the SDF except in the pseudo fight against ISIS in the north.

    Russia presents itself as an alternative ally to the SDF capable of mediating between them and Turkey to prevent military conflict. Russia also perceives itself as the international guarantor of security and stability in the region in preparation for a US withdrawal destined to return Syrian resources to the Syrian government and people after years of US Coalition occupation and theft.

    Despite the Turkish military build-up and the rapid developments, no one can indicate a zero hour for any military operation. It is obviously under negotiations between the three countries, and while some people rush to criticize, denounce, reject and deny the ongoing events in northern Syria, many forget that it is not about moods or wishes, and no one can predict any scenario or believe any news without first knowing the facts on the ground.

    With a complete international, regional and internal consensus to resolve the files of eastern and western Euphrates within a great settlement in the Middle East, the facts on the ground and the emerging political factors impose inevitable war on those who reject a peaceful solution or try to obstruct it.

    Northern Syria will almost certainly be the epicentre of fierce battles, military and political, that will determine the fate of Syria now and in the future. The final word rests with the Syrian Arab Army and allies and how they navigate the increasingly complex network of groups and alliances to achieve their objectives for Syria.

    ****

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146102372
    The Idlib terror gangs explained The Warlord conflict in the north of Syria vanessa beeley This article was co-written by myself and Syrian military researcher and analyst Ibrahim Wahdi (now a journalist with Press TV) a couple of years ago . I wanted to republish to demonstrate the complex military situation on the ground in Syria as I will be shortly providing a summary of the situations in all conflict zones still remaining across Syria. Some of the positions may have changed and shifted but these changes are part of the fabric of ongoing negotiations in Syria led by Damascus, Russia, Iran and now Iraq which is trying to broker normalisation between Syria and Turkiye which must include the full withdrawal of Turkish military and proxy terrorist forces from the areas of northern Syria they have annexed and occupied. I believe Syria is now fighting to push back the terrorist forces from all areas of central Syria (ISIS) and areas north-west of Aleppo (Al Qaeda etc) in order to end any potential threat should the war with Israel escalate and expand into the region. I will go into more detail in the next article. ***** Syria and the interconnected Turkish neo-Ottoman agenda in northern Syria. The role of Russia and its collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army is explored in depth and the areas where there is the greatest potential for conflict are revealed. The war in Syria is not over and there are many UK/US-backed terrorist shifting alliances to be taken into account as part of the geopolitical power game that is now entering its most dangerous stage. The tipping points are on multiple axes and it will take a great deal of political and military brinkmanship from Damascus and her allies to restore peace to Syria. WARLORD CONFLICT IN IDLIB Al Qaeda affiliate Hayat Tahrir Al-Sham (HTS) deployed its most powerful weapons and equipment, opened its depots and engaged the elite ‘Asa’ib’ fighters in the battles for Mount Al-Turkman. The last 28 members of Jund Allah (God’s soldiers), led by “Abu Fatima Al Turki” were expelled from the mountain. These fighters had been responsible for the killing of 9 HTS and the kidnapping of more than 10 gang members but they escaped safely. Muslim Abu Walid Al-Shishani (Murad Margoshivili), and his armed group “Junod Al Sham” have also fled the mountain after violent clashes with HTS. Murad’s brother “Abu Musa Al-Shishani” was captured trying to flee to Turkey and held at a Turkish checkpoint. Junod al-Sham was established in 2012 under the leadership of Muslim Al-Shishani. The majority of fighters were from the Caucasus countries. The group never exceeded 300 members. Almost half of them left with the defection of “Abu Omar al-Shishani” when he pledged allegiance to terrorist group ISIS in 2013. HTS is headed up by Abu Mohammed Al Jolani recently platformed in a Frontline interview in an apparent attempt to rebrand Jolani as viable Syrian opposition not the extremist violent former Al Qaeda leader he really is. Al Jolani’s battles with the Junod Al Sham, Jund Allah and Guardians of Religion gangs must be viewed in the context of the bombings and suicide vehicle operations that have targeted Turkish military points and patrols since the last military operation of the Syrian Arab Army in the area that ended with a ceasefire on March 5, 2021. The latest attack was on October 16th 2021 when a Turkish patrol was targeted killing two soldiers and injuring two more. Such tactics were adopted by unknown organizations such as the “Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq Brigades”. Al Jolani accused these splinter groups of conducting these attacks to secure Turkish support. The groups accused Jolani of using the attacks to blame unaffiliated groups in Idlib because he was seeking a monopoly in Idlib with Turkish backing. This is the gangs and counter gangs scenario that has been a hallmark of the US Coalition armed group activities in Syria since 2011. Here comes the Turkistan Islamic Party‘s (TIP) role. TIP consists primarily of al-Qaeda loyalists, originally from Xinjiang Province, northwest China (Uighurs). TIP has made a deal with Taliban leaders in cooperation with Turkish intelligence (MIT) to transport Junod Al-Sham and Jund Allah groups and leaders, alongside other terrorist fighters, to Afghanistan through Turkey according to local sources. The “Azm” operation room in Afrin has denied any existence of these groups despite having received them after they fled Idlib. BUT HOW WOULD THAT AFFECT IDLIB NOW? In order to understand and predict, we must first know who’s left in Idlib, their allegiances and their importance. Jihadist factions reconciled with HTS: “Jaysh al-Badia” and Jaysh al-Malahem, two small jihadist factions, whose first and last allegiance is to al-Qaeda, defected from HTS in late 2017, due to its separation from al-Qaeda, but recently returned under its wing. “Sham al-Islam” faction, which is stationed in Mount al-Turkman, northeast of Lattakia, and includes about 400 fighters, 150 of which are Moroccan leaders and fighters, in addition to 50 Sudanese, while the rest are Syrians. “Ansar al-Tawhid” faction, was formed in March of 2018, in Sarmin town in Idlib, from the remnants of the “Jund al-Aqsa” organization (that launched a war against several jihadist factions, which hastened its elimination). They pledged allegiance to al-Qaeda and joined the operations room ” Rouse the Believers” before declaring its independence from everyone in a statement issued on May 03, 2020. “Ajnad al-Caucasus“, led by Abdul Malik al-Shishani, was one of the most prominent organizations that fought the Syrian Arab Army and its allies during the SAA campaign to liberate southern Idlib and northern Hama. Battles were halted by a ceasefire agreement on March 05, 2020, when the group suffered heavy losses, with no more than 250 fighters remaining (according to local sources) forcing it to retreat. These groups do not pose a threat to HTS at the present time due to understandings between the leaders of the groups and HTS command: The “Albanian Brigade” (Xhemati Alban), an independent group led by the Macedonian Abu Qatada al-Albani, was established in 2013, and includes jihadists from the Balkan countries Macedonia, Kosovo and Albania, in addition to some Saudis and Syrians. Its fighters are trained in all types of medium and heavy weapons. They formed a special squad of Albanian snipers. They currently operate in Kabana in the countryside of Latakia. The ideological orientation of the battalion is similar to HTS and Al-Qaeda, and it maintains a good relationship with HTS without engaging in internal hostilities. The Salafist “Salah al-Din al-Kurdi Movement“, which began its activity in Syria in 2012, and is now deployed in Mont al-Akrad in Latakia’s northern countryside. The movement has its own training camp and local sources have informed the author that there is evidence that Qatar and Turkey are the bankrollers of the group. This claim is borne out by the fact that Turkey gave them a training camp in Afrin and they have close ties to the Muslim Brotherhood which is sponsored predominantly by Qatar. Its members are professional soldiers, and most of them hail from eastern Turkey, in addition to Syrian, Iraqi and Iranian Kurdish fighters. These Kurdish factions believe in the Sunni Muslim roots of the Kurds and aim to expand their influence throughout the Syrian Kurdish communities. “The Kurdish Immigrants of Iran’s Sunnis Movement”, the only Kurdish group that pledged allegiance to HTS. Most of its fighters come from northwestern Iran. Its fighters are fierce and highly trained, and guard important points in the Kabanah area. Additionally they deploy mobile offensive combat groups to guard some points of Mount al-Zawiya, south of Idlib City. The movement is led by “Abu Safiya al-Kurdi”, who participated in a meeting organised by al-Jolani with a number of Kurdish Salafist leaders in an Idlib mosque in mid-June. Islamist factions opposed to HTS: Al-Ghuraba Division (Strangers), which is deployed west of Idlib, and is led by the French-Senegalese jihadist ” Omar Omsen ” (Omar Diaby), who was previously arrested by HTS in August 2020 and his son Bilal was also arrested in late 2021. The French authorities accuse him of recruiting 80% of the French-speaking jihadists who went to Syria or Iraq. “Rouse the Believers Operations Room“, which was established in October 2018, and includes: – “Ansar al-Din Front” led by Abu Salah al-Uzbeki (Siraj al-Din Mukhtarov), from the Kyrgyz Republic. Founder and commander of the “Uzbek” battalion within HTS and the mastermind of the St Petersburg metro terrorist attack in Russia in 2017. He was arrested by HTS after his defection to Ansar al-Din in June 2020 and released in March 2021. – “Ansar al-Islam” faction, Kurdish Salafist group stationed in the vicinity of Jisr al-Shughour, west of Idlib, and in the Dower al-Akrad within the al-Ghab Plain, west of Hama. Around 200 members – majority Iraqi Kurds along with Syrian, Turkish and Iranian Kurdish fighters. It was founded in 2001 in northern Iraq (Iraqi Kurdistan) and fought against a number of Kurdish parties. It is considered the most fanatic among the Kurdish Salafist groups in Idlib, and the most powerful. One of its goals is to establish an Islamic state governed by Sharia Law. – “Guardians of Religion“, affiliated with Al-Qaeda, which was established in 2018 after defection from HTS. “Al-Zawahiri” recently complimented the group after they carried out a terrorist operation in western Damascus, on August 04, 2020 – The armed group announced in a statement that one of its divisions blew up a bus carrying officers of the “Republican Guard” in the capital, as part of the “Battle of Al-Usra” series, in “solidarity with the people of Daraa”. The group was considered to “devote itself to ‘jihad’ work inside the capitol (Damascus)”. Today the group is going through a difficult transition. Its leaders have been repeatedly targeted by US drones, giving the US the opportunity of testing its new tactical weapon such as Hellfire missile, (which indicates the hidden intelligence cooperation between al-Julani and the CIA), Frequent battles with Al Jolani on the ground in Syria have also reduced the number of fighters in the group. The organization included about 2,000 fighters of different nationalities when it was founded, but now that is less than 100. These factions are most likely to be the next target of Al-Jolani’s campaign to eliminate competition in Idlib and northern Syria. ISLAMIST FACTIONS COLLABORATING WITH HTS Perhaps the most prominent of the HTS allies is the aforementioned “Turkistan Islamic Party” or TIP, led by “Abu Suleiman al-Turkistani”. These are the Uighur Al Qaeda loyalists from Xinjiang Province in northwest China. TIP comprises around 8000 fighters who are distinguished by their savagery and combat prowess. TIP follows the HTS policies closely and secured the exit of extremist fighters from Mount Al Turkman during recent battles. It is unlikely that TIP will clash with HTS after violent disputes between the two groups. Al Jolani brought the TIP to heel and claimed that China was providing weapons to Damascus to eliminate them in Idlib and Hama countryside. This claim forced the TIP to reduce their presence in the main cities and to withdraw their families to the ‘refugee’ camps on the Syria-Turkey borders near the town of Harem. The importance of the party lies in its affiliation with the Muslim Brotherhood, which allowed it to establish strong relations with Turkey, Taliban and HTS at the same time. It is directly hostile to China. In September 2002 the US Treasury Department placed TIP on the list of terrorist organisations. Trump later removed the organisation from the list as part of the ramping up of US pressure on China for alleged “human rights” abuses against the Uighur population. There remain a handful of small independent groups of foreign extremist fighters and groups who will face one of two fates. Either to be subjugated or neutralized in order for Jolani to achieve absolute control over Idlib governorate. This is in preparation for a full integration with the factions under the umbrella of the Turkish-backed so-called Syrian National Army. This will complete the rebranding and recycling of HTS – a Turkish-UK-led agenda in northern Syria according to a ‘diplomatic source’ who informed Russian media, TASS in May 2021 that MI6 was involved in the project: The British side suggested that the Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham group (outlawed in Russia, also known as Jabhat al-Nusra) should announce plans to abandon subversive activities against Western countries and build close cooperation with them […] Mohammad al-Julani received recommendations to give an interview to an American reporter in order to create a positive image for the alliance that he heads and rehabilitate it in the future. There are plans to engage some of the UK’s allies, primarily the US, in efforts aimed at rebranding the al-Nusra group.” WHAT IS AL JOLANI’S ENDGAME IN IDLIB? Al Jolani is trying to prove to everyone, especially Turkey, that he is the only one capable of controlling Idlib province from a security and military perspective. Idlib can be described as another “Tora-Bora” with embedded terrorist organisations comprising some of the most deadly foreign mercenaries. Jolani is working on a reputation as the supreme warlord dissolving minor groups or reining in the more powerful factions. This is probably one of the main reasons that Jolani has not been assassinated by US/UK allied intelligence agencies, he is a useful asset in the last remaining terrorist-controlled pocket of north-west Syria. Jolani’s agenda directly overlaps that of Turkish President, Recep Tayyip Erdogan – to persuade Western countries to remove HTS from the UN and US terrorist list by demonstrating Jolani’s willingness to “fight terrorism” and endorsing his claims that HTS has no desire to conduct terrorist operations against the US, UK or EU by limiting their terrorism to Syria and against the Syrian people. Jolani’s rebrand presents him as the only viable political solution in Idlib which serves Turkey’s neo-Ottoman ambitions to have control over strategic Syrian territory. Turkey can appear to be complying with Russian brokered agreements by ostensibly expelling terrorist groups from the de-escalation zones and securing the safety of the M4 (Aleppo to Latakia road). Put simply, any group not complying with Jolani’s authority must be eradicated, prior to the great merger between the “Salvation Government” and the Turkish backed “National Coalition for Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces“. THE LEVANT FRONT Here we cannot ignore the “Levant Front” (LF), the largest faction of the “National Army” based in the countryside of Aleppo. The LF has formed a rival alliance to HTS in north-west Syria. It seeks to embrace the majority of political ‘opposition’ institutions in the areas of Aleppo countryside under its control combined with coordination with local armed groups to develop a shadow state in Idlib. LF influence has expanded significantly since early 2021. The LF headquarters near the Bab Al Salama crossing has become a destination for the leaders of the National Coalition. LF recently hosted the commander of the so-called “Syrian Islamic Council“, Sheikh Osama Abdel Karim al-Rifai. The battle for power in Idlib has resulted in a new factional map. HTS dismantling and restructuring of the “Ahrar al-Sham” (AS) movement, -which once represented an anti-HTS project- has pushed many AS members to defect and join the ranks of the LF seeking ideological synergy. Since early 2021 LF has received more than 900 AS terrorist fighters led by Alaa Faham who will form a brigade under the LF umbrella to confront HTS in the Aleppo countryside. In July 2021, the LF formed a new military alliance separate to the National Army and the Interim Government or “Azm Operations Room”. The majority of factions operating in Aleppo countryside have joined the new coalition and present a considerable threat to HTS supremacy in Idlib. Two months after the formation of the “Syrian Front for Liberation” (SFI) led by Al-Mu’tasim Abbas, the “Suqur Al Shamal Brigade” and the “20th Division” have defected and joined Azm increasing numbers to an estimated forty thousand comprising more than 15 factions deployed throughout northern Syria. This leaves SFL with only 3 factions and ten thousand fighters. The supposed Islamist project of the LF, its military alliance leadership and its expansionist policies in northwestern Syria do not automatically mean that it is preparing for a new round of conflict with HTS. On the contrary, we may witness a dramatic increase in coordination between the two powerful factions in various fields. De facto the LF alliance may facilitate the settlement of issues with Jolani which will pave the way for broader collaboration in the future. Russia is opposed to any political solution in the region that includes HTS. Russian and Turkish delegations have met several times in the border areas after the Erdogan-Putin summit in September 2021. Russia has requested a Turkish withdrawal from the eastern countryside of Idlib between the cities of Idlib and Saraqeb. This leaves Turkish forces in Idlib two options. First to repel any ground attack by the Syrian Arab Army which would result in serious losses for Turkish military, second to wait for the impending Syrian/Russian military campaign to liberate Idlib from terrorist occupation. The second option could result in Turkish bases being besieged as happened in 2019 and 2020. Local sources indicate that the Turkish military divisions in Idlib, especially south of the M4, have reinforced their bases and closed some main roads with engineering barriers. The Syrian leadership intends to regain control over southern and western Idlib to secure the M4 and perhaps advance towards Idlib city. There is potential for similar deals to be implemented as were recently successful in Daraa, south of Damascus city. The collaboration between LF and HTS is not a recent phenomenon. They were previously limited to the terrorist economy – fuel trade, crossing control, checkpoints but have developed considerably since the end of 2020. Certain opposition media outlets have reported that the two parties are coordinating in the security and military sectors. The Levant Front received officials and high ranking leaders from HTS in Azaz. A joint camp was recently established between Jolani’s forces and Sheikh Juma’a LF forces in the village of “Maabatli” as a trial military collaborative project. TURKISH MILITARY OPERATIONS AND THE ERDOGAN CONUNDRUM Turkey has weaponised the Muslim Brotherhood to expand military intervention in Syria, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Tunisia, Afghanistan and Libya. Turkey is suffering the repercussions of these neo-Ottoman ambitions with internal issues that include an economic crisis, refugee influx and a declining Turkish Lira. This has severely affected Erdogan’s popularity and combined with his deteriorating health, Turkish opposition parties are seeing an opportunity to win the upcoming elections in 2023 based on the resolution of the refugee issue as a primary concern for the majority of Turkish people. A Turkish journalist specializing in American affairs, Bahar Feyzan, had leaked information about Biden and Erdogan meeting on the sidelines of the G-20 conference in Rome recently, including the advice of US President Joe Biden to Erdogan to withdraw from running for the upcoming elections, saying, “Take your health condition as an excuse to leave politics.” Recent analysis by Steven A. Cook for Foreign Policy, covered the leak of media reports that claim Erdogan’s intention is to transfer authority to Defense Minister Hulusi Akar in case of any deterioration in his health, with a cabinet reshuffle and the appointment of Akar as First Vice President. Erdogan is fearful, under pressure and sick, and he appears to have no other options but to export his problems abroad in order to survive. The Kurdish problem in particular has always been an existential threat to Turkish national security, which makes it the easiest card for Erdogan to play including securing internal authorisation to send military forces to Syria and Iraq for an additional two years. With the increase in operations targeting Turkish soldiers in several areas, and the US-backed Kurdish Contra (SDF) non-compliance with the Turkish-Russian agreement in Sochi 2019, Erdogan is promoting a military campaign in north-east Syria to be conducted on four axes with an army of 35,000 comprising extremist mercenaries and Turkish armed forces. Erdogan summoned leaders of the interventionist operations – “Euphrates Shield”, “Peace Spring” and “Olive Branch” including the National Army to a meeting in Ankara to determine frontlines and strategy of the latest attempt to quell SDF influence in northern Syria. In addition to “Menagh” air base near Azaz, Turkey considers Ayn al-Arab (Kobani) among its main priorities, to cut SDF’s strategic support lines between Qamishli-Manbij-Kobani. This would ensure a direct link between Ras al-Ain and Tal Abyad with the Euphrates Shield areas. The National Army has sent several military convoys through Turkey to Darbasiyah near the Iraqi-Syrian border, in preparation for a military operation. NA leaders have announced the raising of combat readiness, and according to a military source in the National Army, the Turkish officers have informed them that Manbij will be a distraction axis, and the troops will advance towards Tal Tamr, Tal Rifaat, Ain Issa and Ayn Al-Arab, while Turkish reconnaissance planes dropped leaflets warning civilians to stay away from SDF military sites, and threatened a military invasion of the region. Practically, it is unlikely for Erdogan to risk a military adventure in northern Syria without international endorsement, especially in Tal Rifaat, where it might lead to a direct confrontation with Russia. Tal Rifaat is not a major stronghold for SDF, it is a strategic geographical target. It is also very close to Aleppo city which explains the Russian presence and recent large reinforcements sent by the Syrian Arab Army that include advanced T-90 tanks and BMP-2 armoured vehicles heading towards Malikiyah and Shawargha villages in northern Aleppo countryside. Both villages have experienced a violent exchange of shelling in the last few days. The most convenient scenario, for Turkey, if a military confrontation is unavoidable is for Tal Rifaat to be a distraction axis to keep the SDF militia pinned down there while the main operation would target between Tal Tamr – Ayn Issa and Manbij-Ayn Al-Arab because they are the major Kurdish strongholds. However Erdogan may refrain from military action altogether preferring to flex his muscles publicly by deploying tanks and forces in the area to trigger negotiations to share “security” in north-east Syria. Military action can be impeded by the imposition of a No Fly Zone over any area being considered for confrontation. Without Russian and US consent, Erdogan would be foolhardy to precipitate possible conflict with both. Reuters quoted a senior Turkish security official saying: The operation will start when all preparations are completed,” adding, “We are in coordination with Russia on the matter. The issue was addressed with the United States already,”. How true this claim is remains to be seen. Below is a video of a recent Turkish military convoy heading towards Tal Abyad: RUSSIA’S POSITION AND OBJECTIVES Russian Turkish relations are tense in Syria. Russia is unhappy with Turkish intervention in countries where Russia has geopolitical interests – Libya, Syria, Armenia, Ukraine. Ukraine used Turkish-manufactured UAVs against positions of eastern Ukraine forces affiliated with Russia. Russia has since sent a clear message by carrying out joint air exercises with the Syrian Arab Army in areas supposed to be Turkish targets for military invasion such as the vicinity of Tal Tamr, Tal Abyad and Ain Issa where the Russian flag has been raised. This is combined with auxiliary forces redeployment between the 93rd Brigade area and the Russian military base located in Tal Al-Samn. A big SAA reinforcement was sent to Manbij in preparation for another round of military exercises. This will complicate the situation for Erdogan who specifically wants Ain Issa due to its location on the M4 that links Latakia with Iraq through Aleppo and Hasaka in the north-east. Russia has also deployed the S400 air defense system at Qamishli Airport, along with twelve Su-34 bombers and five Su-35s, while the Syrian forces will deploy MiG-29, in addition to twelve Mi-8 helicopters and five Ka-52 Alligator at the Mitras military airfield, (30 km) south of Ayn al-Arab or as the US/Israeli-backed Kurdish separatists call it – “Kobani”. Despite the Turkish calls on Russia to cleanse Ayn al-Arab of Kurdish separatist militias, Russia does not favor the entry of the “National Army” into Ayn ​​al-Arab. It is keen to ensure the security of its military base in “Serrin”. Perhaps the clearest indication of repercussions for Erdogan-driven recklessness in northern Syria was the recent Syrian targeting of Sarmada which houses a communications headquarters for HTS. This was followed by airstrikes and artillery bombardment of Turkish-backed 23rd Division forces for several consecutive days and the targeting of camps and shelters of the Turkestan militias on the border strip with Turkey. We cannot separate the northeast from the northwest, as Russia may agree on a limited Turkish operation in exchange for parts of Mount al-Zawiya and the city of Jisr Al-Shughour, which is the most important part of the Turkish-Russian negotiation, especially if the Syrian-Kurdish negotiations fail. If liberated, the strategic areas of Mount Al-Zawiya and Jisr Al-Shughour will lead to the defeat of terrorism in a significant area of Idlib countryside. Regaining these areas is one of the most important military objectives of the Syrian Arab Army in the impending battles to secure the M4. The Russian Reconciliation Centre has been repeatedly announcing terrorist violations of the ceasefire agreement and the potential for the staging of a “chemical weapon attack” to provoke international outrage against the Syrian government. According to civilian sources: “More than 200 Turkish vehicles loaded with advanced weapons, ammunition and logistical materials entered Bab Al-Hawa and Khirbet al-Jawz crossings in two batches and deployed in the western countryside of Idlib and Mount al-Zawiya in order to strengthen its occupation points and provide direct support to terrorist organizations.” Watch – video of Turkish military vehicles entering Syria via the so-called ‘humanitarian’ crossing: The Turkish Humanitarian Relief Agency “IHH” announced the establishment of 16,239 briquette houses in Idlib Governorate. This is an indication of preparation for further displacement of civilians during an intensified military campaign. KURDISH-SYRIAN RAPPROCHEMENT With all the Turkish mobilization and media promotion of a huge Turkish military operation – waiting on international approval – the SDF has moved its most prominent military leaders from its headquarters adjacent to the Turkish border into the cities to protect them from the potential Turkish UAV attacks. The past few days have witnessed a remarkable rapprochement between the Democratic Union Party (the SDF backbone) Damascus and Russia. The SDF removed the “Al-Quwatli”, “Al-Shabab City” and “The Industrial School” checkpoints in Qamishli city. This lifts the longstanding siege on the security square of the Syrian forces in the city, which was imposed by the SDF after bloody confrontations erupted between the Kurdish units and the Syrian National Defense Forces back in April. The increasing Russian influence in the Syrian east and the American retreat, which is still in its early stages, means placing the fate of the SDF in the hands of Moscow not Washington. Despite the strenuous Russian efforts to reach a political solution with the Kurds, the US military presence is still a major obstacle. It is difficult to trust the Kurds who are divided among themselves and are far from autonomous having accepted US support to lay claim to Syrian territory. Damascus prioritises Syrian territorial integrity and a central governance structure. This would force the Kurdish Contras to hand the oil fields back to Damscus and to accept a similar agreement to Daraa. This would include the integration of Kurdish military into a Syrian military division similar to the Eighth Brigade of the Fifth Corps. The Kurdish factions are divided between those who lean towards the United States and a separate Kurdish state, while others seek to reach an agreement that guarantees some Kurdish rights, such as the language. The latter is in communication with Damascus to agree on a draft agreement between the Kurdistan Workers Party, the Democratic Union Party and the Syrian State. This would include the establishment of a joint military operations room for the Syrian Arab Army, SDF, Russian forces and other allies to repel any possible Turkish aggression, based on a statement from the Head of the National Initiative for Syrian Kurds, Omar Ossi to Al-Watan newspaper. According to Kurdish leaks a joint delegation of the Syrian Democratic Council and the Autonomous Administration headed by Ilham Ahmed visited Moscow, on Wednesday, September 15, 2021. Their meeting with the Special Envoy of the Russian President to the Middle East and Africa, Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov, put forward a proposal that recognised the legitimacy of the Syrian government and President Bashar al-Assad, would agree to raise the Syrian flag in the areas of the so-called Kurdish controlled Autonomous Administration, share the region’s oil imports – 75% for the central government and 25% for the Autonomous Administration – among other terms. Bogdanov informed the delegation that the only way to protect them is by cooperating with the Syrian Arab Army and the Syrian state directly to prevent a repeat Afrin scenario, when Kurds were ethnically cleansed by Turkish forces after the Kurds refused collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army in early 2018. In an interview with RT, the prominent leader of the Democratic Union Party (PYD), Aldar Khalil confirmed their readiness for dialogue with the Syrian state directly in Damascus, without going to Geneva. He added that: The resources and wealth in this region are not only ours. We do not have any intentions to monopolize them, but rather consider them a national treasure for all Syrians Khalil’s comments came days after the statements of Kurdistan Workers’ Party leader, Jamil Bayik, in an interview with Al-Nahar Al-Arabi newspaper where he said: Our relationship with Hafez al-Assad and his family was close and warm. We cannot be anti-Syria or anti-Assad. We have previously established our relations on the basis of the general interest of the Kurds and the Kurdish-Arab brotherhood. Now we want to be a party to such a relationship. These statements coincide with reports of an agreement between the Russian Reconciliation Center and SDF that provides for the handover of areas in the countryside of Deir ez-Zor to the Syrian Arab Army (Al-Shuhail, Al-Busira, Dhiban, Al-Hawaij, Al-Shafa, Al-Susa and Al-Baghouz). On Saturday 13th November the US pushed back against the Damascus-led negotiations with Washington’s Kurdish proxies. The official website of the SDF announced the arrival of US State Department officials and Ethan Goldrich – Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Near Eastern Affairs – in north-east Syria. The US Officials met with the Commander in Chief of the SDF, Mazoum Abdi to discuss ‘humanitarian and security’ issues. On the same day the US Embassy in Syria Twitter account announced that it would stay in Syria to ensure the “ISIS threat is eliminated” which can be interpreted as a reassurance for the Kurdish separatists as rumours abound of a US withdrawal which would encourage Kurdish factions to negotiate with Damascus. US RELUCTANCE TO SUPPORT TURKISH MILITARY INVASION OF SYRIA It wouldn’t be easy for Turkey to get US consent for a military operation in light of the US-Turkish differences that were clearly manifested when the US Department of Defence (DoD) recently expelled Turkey from the F-35 project. Turkey had threatened to buy SU-35s from Russia. The Biden administration has extended sanctions imposed on Turkey due to its military operation against Kurdish forces in Syria in 2019 for another year. Brett McGurk, US Envoy for the coalition ‘fighting ISIS’, resigned from Trump’s administration in protest against Operation Peace Spring and would now be one of the fiercest opponents of any new Turkish military campaign in Syria. The US will not necessarily step in to protect the Kurdish proxies but Washington will oppose any Turkish threat to US supremacy and economic interests in the region. The US military convoy movement in and out of Syria have increased in the past two months. The majority of these convoys come in empty and go back loaded with stolen oil. They are also involved in kidnapping civilians through airdrop operations in the countryside of Deir Ezzor and Al-Hasakah in the north-east. The “International Coalition” has recently transferred another batch of ISIS prisoners of foreign nationalities from the Industrial School prison in the Ghweran neighborhood in Al-Hasakah city to its base in Al-Shaddadi city south of Al-Hasakah. All these transfer and airdrop operations raise questions. Where are these prisoners going next? Are all these airdrops just to kidnap people or to extract valuable assets? CONCLUSIONS Between the Biden-Erdogan meeting, the Russian-Syrian military exercises and the SAA reinforcements in northern Syria, there are clear messages to be read: It is not just about Biden or European rejection of Erdogan. The transnational corporatocracy is tired of Erdogan’s neo-Ottomanism. His expansionist ambitions and blatant interference in multiple foreign state affairs, his weaponization of the refugee crisis and subsequent blackmailing of Europe, are all factors that make him a universal threat. It is very clear that Erdogan wants full or partial control of the M4. He knows that once he loses this leverage he will have no cards in his hand for negotiation. If Erdogan chooses to occupy alternative areas of Syrian territory he may find it will bring more problems than solutions. North of the M4 is agricultural, has no resources to plunder but is occupied by disparate and unruly terrorist groups. Once the M4 is fully liberated by the SAA, the only remaining prize to be claimed by Erdogan is Al Jolani himself who believes the Taliban model is achievable in Idlib and who is clearly an asset to US Coalition intelligence agencies as the new “Bin Laden”. Perhaps there is even potential of Al Jolani being squeezed out of Idlib and turning his attention to southern Turkey for his ideologically supremacist project? The regions of northern Syria are within Russia’s political calculations and any possible agreement with Washington will not authorize Turkey to launch attacks without a Russian green light which is very unlikely. Therefore any military operation will be limited and only Turkish-backed proxies will be used to conduct the unlawful military operations of Turkey’s criminal leadership. Russia has stressed to Turkey the need for military, security and political coordination in the ongoing difficult negotiations between the two sides. Washington has withdrawn from supporting the SDF except in the pseudo fight against ISIS in the north. Russia presents itself as an alternative ally to the SDF capable of mediating between them and Turkey to prevent military conflict. Russia also perceives itself as the international guarantor of security and stability in the region in preparation for a US withdrawal destined to return Syrian resources to the Syrian government and people after years of US Coalition occupation and theft. Despite the Turkish military build-up and the rapid developments, no one can indicate a zero hour for any military operation. It is obviously under negotiations between the three countries, and while some people rush to criticize, denounce, reject and deny the ongoing events in northern Syria, many forget that it is not about moods or wishes, and no one can predict any scenario or believe any news without first knowing the facts on the ground. With a complete international, regional and internal consensus to resolve the files of eastern and western Euphrates within a great settlement in the Middle East, the facts on the ground and the emerging political factors impose inevitable war on those who reject a peaceful solution or try to obstruct it. Northern Syria will almost certainly be the epicentre of fierce battles, military and political, that will determine the fate of Syria now and in the future. The final word rests with the Syrian Arab Army and allies and how they navigate the increasingly complex network of groups and alliances to achieve their objectives for Syria. **** https://substack.com/home/post/p-146102372
    SUBSTACK.COM
    The Idlib terror gangs explained
    The Warlord conflict in the north of Syria
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 5986 Views
More Results